patch 8.0.1007: no test for filetype detection for scripts

Problem:    No test for filetype detection for scripts.
Solution:   Add a first test file script filetype detection.

.travis.yml

@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
 language: c
+dist: trusty
 
 os:
   - osx
@@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ env:
     "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
     # ASAN build
   - BUILD=yes TEST=test SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
-    FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan"
+    FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
     "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
 
 sudo: false
@@ -41,12 +42,12 @@ matrix:
             "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
     - os: osx
       env: BUILD=yes TEST=test SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
-            FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan"
+            FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
             "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
     - os: linux
-      compiler: gcc
+      compiler: clang
       env: BUILD=yes TEST=test SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
-            FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan"
+            FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
             "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang
@@ -70,17 +71,25 @@ addons:
       - libperl-dev
       - python-dev
       - python3-dev
-      - liblua5.1-0-dev
-      - lua5.1
+      - liblua5.2-dev
+      - lua5.2
+      - ruby-dev
       - cscope
+      - libgtk2.0-dev
 
 before_install:
+  - rvm reset
+    # Remove /opt/python/3.x.x/bin from $PATH for using system python3.
+    # ("pyenv global system" doesn't seem to work.)
+  - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ] && which python3 | grep '/opt/python/' > /dev/null; then export PATH=$(echo $PATH | sed -e "s#$(echo $(which python3) | sed -e 's#/python3$##'):##"); fi
   - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then pip install --user cpp-coveralls; fi
     # needed for https support for coveralls
     # building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
   - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then CC=gcc pip install --user pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1; fi
     # Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
   - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "osx" ]; then brew install lua; export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local; fi
+    # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
+  - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ] && [ "$CC" = "clang" ]; then ln -sf $(which llvm-cov) /home/travis/bin/gcov; fi
 
 # Start virtual framebuffer to be able to test the GUI. Does not work on OS X.
 before_script:
@@ -91,7 +100,8 @@ script:
   - if [ "$CHECK_AUTOCONF" = "yes" -a "$CC" = "gcc" ]; then make -C src autoconf; fi
   - if [ "x$SHADOWOPT" != x ]; then make -C src shadow; fi
   - (cd ${SRCDIR} && ./configure --with-features=$FEATURES $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing && if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then make -j$NPROC; fi)
-  - if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then ${SRCDIR}/vim --version; fi
+    # Show Vim version and also if_xx versions.
+  - if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then ${SRCDIR}/vim --version; ${SRCDIR}/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S ${SRCDIR}/testdir/if_ver-1.vim -c quit > /dev/null; ${SRCDIR}/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S ${SRCDIR}/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null; cat if_ver.txt; fi
   - if [ -n "$ASAN_OPTIONS" ]; then export PATH=/usr/lib/llvm-$(clang -v 2>&1 | sed -n 's/.*version \([1-9]\.[0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/p')/bin:$PATH; fi
   - make $SHADOWOPT $TEST
   - if [ -n "$ASAN_OPTIONS" ]; then for log in $(find -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0); do cat "$log"; err=1; done; fi

Filelist

@@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/syntax.c \
 		src/tag.c \
 		src/term.c \
+		src/terminal.c \
 		src/term.h \
 		src/termlib.c \
 		src/ui.c \
@@ -104,6 +105,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_all.mak \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
 		src/testdir/*.py \
+		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
 		src/testdir/shared.vim \
@@ -133,6 +135,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/bench*.in \
 		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
+		src/testdir/if_ver*.vim \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/arabic.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
@@ -187,6 +190,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
 		src/proto/tag.pro \
 		src/proto/term.pro \
+		src/proto/terminal.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
@@ -194,6 +198,76 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/version.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
+		src/libvterm/.bzrignore \
+		src/libvterm/.gitignore \
+		src/libvterm/LICENSE \
+		src/libvterm/Makefile \
+		src/libvterm/README \
+		src/libvterm/tbl2inc_c.pl \
+		src/libvterm/vterm.pc.in \
+		src/libvterm/bin/unterm.c \
+		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-ctrl.c \
+		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-dump.c \
+		src/libvterm/doc/URLs \
+		src/libvterm/doc/seqs.txt \
+		src/libvterm/include/vterm.h \
+		src/libvterm/include/vterm_keycodes.h \
+		src/libvterm/src/encoding.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/encoding/DECdrawing.inc \
+		src/libvterm/src/encoding/DECdrawing.tbl \
+		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.inc \
+		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.tbl \
+		src/libvterm/src/keyboard.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/mouse.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/pen.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/rect.h \
+		src/libvterm/src/screen.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/state.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/unicode.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/utf8.h \
+		src/libvterm/src/vterm.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/vterm_internal.h \
+		src/libvterm/t/02parser.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/03encoding_utf8.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/10state_putglyph.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/11state_movecursor.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/12state_scroll.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/13state_edit.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/14state_encoding.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/15state_mode.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/16state_resize.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/17state_mouse.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/18state_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/20state_wrapping.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/21state_tabstops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/22state_save.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/25state_input.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/26state_query.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/27state_reset.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/28state_dbl_wh.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/29state_fallback.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/30pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/40screen_ascii.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/41screen_unicode.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/42screen_damage.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/43screen_resize.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/44screen_pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/45screen_protect.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/46screen_extent.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/47screen_dbl_wh.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/48screen_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-1.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-2.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-3.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-4.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_02-screen-1.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_02-screen-2.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_02-screen-3.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_02-screen-4.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/92lp1640917.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/harness.c \
+		src/libvterm/t/run-test.pl \
 
 
 # source files for Unix only

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ UninstPage instfiles
 Function .onInit
   MessageBox MB_YESNO|MB_ICONQUESTION \
 	"This will install Vim ${VER_MAJOR}.${VER_MINOR} on your computer.$\n Continue?" \
+	/SD IDYES \
 	IDYES NoAbort
 	    Abort ; causes installer to quit.
 	NoAbort:
@@ -190,13 +191,16 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vimrun.exe
 	File /oname=tee.exe ${VIMSRC}\teew32.exe
 	File /oname=xxd.exe ${VIMSRC}\xxdw32.exe
-	File ${VIMTOOLS}\diff.exe
 	File ${VIMRT}\vimtutor.bat
 	File ${VIMRT}\README.txt
 	File ..\uninstal.txt
 	File ${VIMRT}\*.vim
 	File ${VIMRT}\rgb.txt
 
+	File ${VIMTOOLS}\diff.exe
+	File ${VIMTOOLS}\winpty32.dll
+	File ${VIMTOOLS}\winpty-agent.exe
+
 	SetOutPath $0\colors
 	File ${VIMRT}\colors\*.*
 

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2017 Apr 12
+" Last change:	2017 Jun 13
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -106,12 +106,13 @@ if has("autocmd")
     au!
 
     " When editing a file, always jump to the last known cursor position.
-    " Don't do it when the position is invalid or when inside an event handler
-    " (happens when dropping a file on gvim).
+    " Don't do it when the position is invalid, when inside an event handler
+    " (happens when dropping a file on gvim) and for a commit message (it's
+    " likely a different one than last time).
     autocmd BufReadPost *
-      \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") |
-      \   exe "normal! g`\"" |
-      \ endif
+      \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit'
+      \ |   exe "normal! g`\""
+      \ | endif
 
   augroup END
 

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -101,6 +101,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	tabpage.txt \
 	tagsrch.txt \
 	term.txt \
+	terminal.txt \
 	tips.txt \
 	todo.txt \
 	uganda.txt \
@@ -236,6 +237,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	tabpage.html \
 	tagsrch.html \
 	term.html \
+	terminal.html \
 	tips.html \
 	todo.html \
 	uganda.html \

runtime/doc/arabic.txt

@@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ Arabic Language support (options & mappings) for Vim		*Arabic*
 
 								*E800*
 In order to use right-to-left and Arabic mapping support, it is
-necessary to compile VIM with the |+arabic| feature.
+necessary to compile Vim with the |+arabic| feature.
 
 These functions have been created by Nadim Shaikli <nadim-at-arabeyes.org>
 
-It is best to view this file with these settings within VIM's GUI: >
+It is best to view this file with these settings within Vim's GUI: >
 
 	:set encoding=utf-8
 	:set arabicshape
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ the user interface remains the standard Vi interface.
 
 Highlights
 ----------
-o  Editing left-to-right files as in the original VIM hasn't changed.
+o  Editing left-to-right files as in the original Vim hasn't changed.
 
 o  Viewing and editing files in right-to-left windows.	 File
    orientation is per window, so it is possible to view the same
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ o  No special terminal with right-to-left capabilities is required.
    The right-to-left changes are completely hardware independent.
    Only Arabic fonts are necessary.
 
-o  Compatible with the original VIM.   Almost all features work in
+o  Compatible with the original Vim.   Almost all features work in
    right-to-left mode (there are liable to be bugs).
 
 o  Changing keyboard mapping and reverse insert modes using a single
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ o  While in Arabic mode, numbers are entered from left to right.  Upon
 
 o  Arabic keymapping on the command line in reverse insert mode.
 
-o  Proper Bidirectional functionality is possible given VIM is
+o  Proper Bidirectional functionality is possible given Vim is
    started within a Bidi capable terminal emulator.
 
 
 Arabic Fonts						*arabicfonts*
 ------------
 
-VIM requires monospaced fonts of which there are many out there.
+Vim requires monospaced fonts of which there are many out there.
 Arabic requires ISO-8859-6 as well as Presentation Form-B fonts
 (without Form-B, Arabic will _NOT_ be usable).	It is highly
 recommended that users search for so-called 'ISO-10646-1' fonts.
@@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ o  Installation of fonts for X Window systems (Unix/Linux)
 
 Usage
 -----
-Prior to the actual usage of Arabic within VIM, a number of settings
+Prior to the actual usage of Arabic within Vim, a number of settings
 need to be accounted for and invoked.
 
 o  Setting the Arabic fonts
 
-   +  For VIM GUI set the 'guifont' to your_ARABIC_FONT.  This is done
-      by entering the following command in the VIM window.
+   +  For Vim GUI set the 'guifont' to your_ARABIC_FONT.  This is done
+      by entering the following command in the Vim window.
 >
 		:set guifont=your_ARABIC_FONT
 <
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ o  Setting the Arabic fonts
       you can include ':set guifont=your_ARABIC_FONT' to your .vimrc
       file.
 
-   +  Under the X Window environment, you can also start VIM with
+   +  Under the X Window environment, you can also start Vim with
       '-fn your_ARABIC_FONT' option.
 
 o  Setting the appropriate character Encoding
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ o  Setting the appropriate character Encoding
 >
 		:set encoding=utf-8
 <
-   to your .vimrc file (entering the command manually into you VIM
+   to your .vimrc file (entering the command manually into you Vim
    window is highly discouraged).  In short, include ':set
    encoding=utf-8' to your .vimrc file.
 
@@ -137,11 +137,11 @@ o  Setting the appropriate character Encoding
 o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 
    In order to simplify and streamline things, you can either invoke
-   VIM with the command-line option,
+   Vim with the command-line option,
 
      % vim -A my_utf8_arabic_file ...
 
-   or enable 'arabic' via the following command within VIM
+   or enable 'arabic' via the following command within Vim
 >
 		:set arabic
 <
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 >
 		:set keymap=arabic
 <
-      in your VIM window.  You can also append the 'keymap' set command to
+      in your Vim window.  You can also append the 'keymap' set command to
       your .vimrc file.  In other words, you can include ':set keymap=arabic'
       to your .vimrc file.
 
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 
    +  Arabic deletion of a combined pair character
 
-      By default VIM has the 'delcombine' option disabled.  This option
+      By default Vim has the 'delcombine' option disabled.  This option
       allows the deletion of ALEF in a LAM_ALEF (LAA) combined character
       and still retain the LAM (i.e. it reverts to treating the combined
       character as its natural two characters form -- this also pertains
@@ -211,13 +211,13 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 >
 		:set delcombine
 <
-      in our VIM window.  You can also append the 'delcombine' set command
+      in our Vim window.  You can also append the 'delcombine' set command
       to your .vimrc file.  In other words, you can include ':set delcombine'
       to your .vimrc file.
 
    +  Arabic right-to-left Mode
 
-      By default VIM starts in Left-to-right mode.  'rightleft' is the
+      By default Vim starts in Left-to-right mode.  'rightleft' is the
       command that allows one to alter a window's orientation - that can
       be accomplished via,
 
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 >
 		:set arabicshape
 <
-      in our VIM window.  You can also append the 'arabicshape' set
+      in our Vim window.  You can also append the 'arabicshape' set
       command to your .vimrc file.  In other words, you can include
       ':set arabicshape' to your .vimrc file.
 
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 Keymap/Keyboard						*arabickeymap*
 ---------------
 
-The character/letter encoding used in VIM is the standard UTF-8.
+The character/letter encoding used in Vim is the standard UTF-8.
 It is widely discouraged that any other encoding be used or even
 attempted.
 
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ o  Keyboard
 Restrictions
 ------------
 
-o  VIM in its GUI form does not currently support Bi-directionality
+o  Vim in its GUI form does not currently support Bi-directionality
    (i.e. the ability to see both Arabic and Latin intermixed within
    the same line).
 

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 07
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				|timestamp|
 				Mostly triggered after executing a shell
 				command, but also with a |:checktime| command
-				or when Gvim regains input focus.
+				or when gvim regains input focus.
 				This autocommand is triggered for each changed
 				file.  It is not used when 'autoread' is set
 				and the buffer was not changed.  If a
@@ -651,7 +651,8 @@ FileType			When the 'filetype' option has been set.  The
 				pattern is matched against the filetype.
 				<afile> can be used for the name of the file
 				where this option was set, and <amatch> for
-				the new value of 'filetype'.
+				the new value of 'filetype'.  Navigating to
+				another window or buffer is not allowed.
 				See |filetypes|.
 							*FileWriteCmd*
 FileWriteCmd			Before writing to a file, when not writing the

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Dec 02
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -427,8 +427,8 @@ When no message was available then the result is v:none for a JSON or JS mode
 channels, an empty string for a RAW or NL channel.  You can use |ch_canread()|
 to check if there is something to read.
 
-Note that when there is no callback message are dropped.  To avoid that add a
-close callback to the channel.
+Note that when there is no callback, messages are dropped.  To avoid that add
+a close callback to the channel.
 
 To read all output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel)
@@ -489,6 +489,11 @@ If you want to handle both stderr and stdout with one handler use the
 "callback" option: >
     let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"}) 
 
+Depending on the system, starting a job can put Vim in the background, the
+started job gets the focus.  To avoid that, use the `foreground()` function.
+This might not always work when called early, put in the callback handler or
+use a timer to call it after the job has started.
+
 You can send a message to the command with ch_evalraw().  If the channel is in
 JSON or JS mode you can use ch_evalexpr().
 
@@ -513,7 +518,7 @@ By default this reads the whole buffer.  This can be changed with the "in_top"
 and "in_bot" options.
 
 A special mode is when "in_top" is set to zero and "in_bot" is not set: Every
-time a line is added to the buffer, the last-but-one line will be send to the
+time a line is added to the buffer, the last-but-one line will be sent to the
 job stdin.  This allows for editing the last line and sending it when pressing
 Enter.
 							*channel-close-in*
@@ -606,7 +611,7 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 "close_cb": handler	Callback for when the channel is closed.  Same as
 			"close_cb" on |ch_open()|, see |close_cb|.
 						*job-drop*
-"drop"			Specifies when to drop messages.  Same as "drop" on
+"drop": when		Specifies when to drop messages.  Same as "drop" on
 			|ch_open()|, see |channel-drop|.  For "auto" the
 			exit_cb is not considered.
 						*job-exit_cb*
@@ -619,12 +624,12 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 			Note that data can be buffered, callbacks may still be
 			called after the process ends.
 							*job-timeout*
-"timeout"		The time to wait for a request when blocking, E.g.
+"timeout": time		The time to wait for a request when blocking, E.g.
 			when using ch_evalexpr().  In milliseconds.  The
 			default is 2000 (2 seconds).
 						*out_timeout* *err_timeout*
-"out_timeout"		Timeout for stdout.  Only when using pipes.
-"err_timeout"		Timeout for stderr.  Only when using pipes.
+"out_timeout": time	Timeout for stdout.  Only when using pipes.
+"err_timeout": time	Timeout for stderr.  Only when using pipes.
 			Note: when setting "timeout" the part specific mode is
 			overwritten.  Therefore set "timeout" first and the
 			part specific mode later.
@@ -636,8 +641,9 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 			The default is "term".
 
 						*job-term*
-"term": "open"		Start a terminal and connect the job
-			stdin/stdout/stderr to it.
+"term": "open"		Start a terminal in a new window and connect the job
+			stdin/stdout/stderr to it.  Similar to using
+			`:terminal`.
 			NOTE: Not implemented yet!
 
 "channel": {channel}	Use an existing channel instead of creating a new one.
@@ -647,6 +653,11 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 			cause I/O errors.
 			Existing callbacks and other settings remain.
 
+"pty": 1		Use a pty (pseudo-tty) instead of a pipe when
+			possible.  This is most useful in combination with a
+			terminal window, see |terminal|.
+			{only on Unix and Unix-like systems}
+
 				*job-in_io* *in_top* *in_bot* *in_name* *in_buf*
 "in_io": "null"		disconnect stdin (read from /dev/null)
 "in_io": "pipe"		stdin is connected to the channel (default)
@@ -685,6 +696,10 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 "block_write": number	only for testing: pretend every other write to stdin
 			will block
 
+"env": dict		environment variables for the new process
+"cwd": "/path/to/dir"	current working directory for the new process;
+			if the directory does not exist an error is given
+
 
 Writing to a buffer ~
 							*out_io-buffer*
@@ -720,10 +735,6 @@ The "out_msg" option can be used to specify whether a new buffer will have the
 first line set to "Reading from channel output...".  The default is to add the
 message.  "err_msg" does the same for channel error.
 
-'modifiable' option off, or write to a buffer that has 'modifiable' off.  That
-means that lines will be appended to the buffer, but the user can't easily
-change the buffer.
-
 When an existing buffer is to be written where 'modifiable' is off and the
 "out_modifiable" or "err_modifiable" options is not zero, an error is given
 and the buffer will not be written to.

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Sep 27
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -455,6 +455,9 @@ matches exactly one character.
 
 The 'wildignorecase' option can be set to ignore case in filenames.
 
+The 'wildmenu' option can be set to show the matches just above the command
+line.
+
 If you like tcsh's autolist completion, you can use this mapping:
 	:cnoremap X <C-L><C-D>
 (Where X is the command key to use, <C-L> is CTRL-L and <C-D> is CTRL-D)

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2012 Feb 11
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Use this command to start Vim:
 	valgrind --log-file=valgrind.log --leak-check=full ./vim
 
 Note: Vim will run much slower.  If your .vimrc is big or you have several
-plugins you need to be patient for startup, or run with the "-u NONE"
+plugins you need to be patient for startup, or run with the "--clean"
 argument.
 
 There are often a few leaks from libraries, such as getpwuid() and

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jan 05
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -143,9 +143,10 @@ and its environment.
 
 VIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
 
-- Vim is not a shell or an Operating System.  You will not be able to run a
-  shell inside Vim or use it to control a debugger.  This should work the
-  other way around: Use Vim as a component from a shell or in an IDE.
+- Vim is not a shell or an Operating System.  It does provide a terminal
+  window, in which you can run a shell or debugger.  E.g. to be able to do
+  this over an ssh connection.  But if you don't need a text editor with that
+  it is out of scope (use something like screen or tmux instead).
   A satirical way to say this: "Unlike Emacs, Vim does not attempt to include
   everything but the kitchen sink, but some people say that you can clean one
   with it.  ;-)"

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 10
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -617,16 +617,16 @@ list of the current window.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
 			{Vi: no ++opt}
 
-:[count]arge[dit][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {name}		*:arge* *:argedit*
-			Add {name} to the argument list and edit it.
+:[count]arge[dit][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {name} ..		*:arge* *:argedit*
+			Add {name}s to the argument list and edit it.
 			When {name} already exists in the argument list, this
 			entry is edited.
 			This is like using |:argadd| and then |:edit|.
-			Note that only one file name is allowed, and spaces
-			inside the file name are allowed, like with |:edit|.
+			Spaces in filenames have to be escaped with "\".
 			[count] is used like with |:argadd|.
-			[!] is required if the current file cannot be
-			|abandon|ed.
+			If the current file cannot be |abandon|ed {name}s will
+			still be added to the argument list, but won't be
+			edited. No check for duplicates is done.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
 			{not in Vi}
 
@@ -1109,6 +1109,7 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
 			closed |tab-page|.
 			Triggers the |QuitPre| autocommand event.
+			See |CTRL-W_q| for quitting another window.
 
 :conf[irm] q[uit]	Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
 			the last file in the argument list has not been
@@ -1328,9 +1329,11 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 :chd[ir][!] [path]	Same as |:cd|.
 
 							*:lc* *:lcd*
-:lc[d][!] {path}	Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory for the
-			current window.  The current directory for other
-			windows is not changed. {not in Vi}
+:lc[d][!] {path}	Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory when
+			the cursor is in the current window.  The current
+			directory for other windows is not changed, switching
+			to another window will stop using {path}.
+			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:lch* *:lchdir*
 :lch[dir][!]		Same as |:lcd|. {not in Vi}
@@ -1735,7 +1738,7 @@ There are three different types of searching:
    This searches the same directories, but in a different order.
 
    Note that completion for ":find", ":sfind", and ":tabfind" commands do not
-   currently work with 'path' items that contain a url or use the double star
+   currently work with 'path' items that contain a URL or use the double star
    with depth limiter (/usr/**2) or upward search (;) notations.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 02
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ v:scrollstart	String describing the script or function that caused the
 		hit-enter prompt.
 
 					*v:servername* *servername-variable*
-v:servername	The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any.
+v:servername	The resulting registered |client-server-name| if any.
 		Read-only.
 
 		
@@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
 				Number	index in {list} where {expr} appears
 input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])
 				String	get input from the user
-inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]]])
+inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])
 				String	like input() but in a GUI dialog
 inputlist({textlist})		Number	let the user pick from a choice list
 inputrestore()			Number	restore typeahead
@@ -2369,6 +2369,21 @@ tagfiles()			List	tags files used
 tan({expr})			Float	tangent of {expr}
 tanh({expr})			Float	hyperbolic tangent of {expr}
 tempname()			String	name for a temporary file
+term_getaltscreen({buf})	Number	get the alternate screen flag
+term_getattr({attr}, {what})	Number	get the value of attribute {what}
+term_getcursor({buf})		List	get the cursor position of a terminal
+term_getjob({buf})		Job	get the job associated with a terminal
+term_getline({buf}, {row})	String	get a line of text from a terminal
+term_getscrolled({buf})		Number	get the scroll count of a terminal
+term_getsize({buf})		List	get the size of a terminal
+term_getstatus({buf})		String	get the status of a terminal
+term_gettitle({buf})		String	get the title of a terminal
+term_gettty({buf})		String	get the tty name of a terminal
+term_list()			List	get the list of terminal buffers
+term_scrape({buf}, {row})	List	get row of a terminal screen
+term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})	none	send keystrokes to a terminal
+term_start({cmd}, {options})	Job	open a terminal window and run a job
+term_wait({buf} [, {time}])	Number  wait for screen to be updated
 test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})
 				none	make memory allocation fail
 test_autochdir()		none	enable 'autochdir' during startup
@@ -2971,6 +2986,11 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		The file is flushed after every message, on Unix you can use
 		"tail -f" to see what is going on in real time.
 
+		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+		NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be
+		aware that this may contain confidential and privacy sensitive
+		information, e.g. a password you type in a terminal window.
+
 
 ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
@@ -3249,11 +3269,16 @@ cosh({expr})						*cosh()*
 		
 count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]])			*count()*
 		Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
-		in |List| or |Dictionary| {comp}.
+		in |String|, |List| or |Dictionary| {comp}.
+
 		If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
 		{start} can only be used with a |List|.
+
 		When {ic} is given and it's |TRUE| then case is ignored.
 
+		When {comp} is a string then the number of not overlapping
+		occurences of {expr} is returned.
+
 
 							*cscope_connection()*
 cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
@@ -3373,6 +3398,7 @@ did_filetype()	Returns |TRUE| when autocommands are being executed and the
 		FileType event has been triggered at least once.  Can be used
 		to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
 		that detect the file type. |FileType|
+		Returns |FALSE| when `:setf FALLBACK` was used.
 		When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
 		really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
 		current buffer.  This allows an autocommand that starts
@@ -4188,14 +4214,14 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 			not consumed.  Return zero if no character available.
 
 		Without [expr] and when [expr] is 0 a whole character or
-		special key is returned.  If it is an 8-bit character, the
+		special key is returned.  If it is a single character, the
 		result is a number.  Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
 		Otherwise a String is returned with the encoded character.
-		For a special key it's a sequence of bytes starting with 0x80
-		(decimal: 128).  This is the same value as the string
-		"\<Key>", e.g., "\<Left>".  The returned value is also a
-		String when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used that is
-		not included in the character.
+		For a special key it's a String with a sequence of bytes
+		starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).  This is the same value as
+		the String "\<Key>", e.g., "\<Left>".  The returned value is
+		also a String when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used
+		that is not included in the character.
 
 		When [expr] is 0 and Esc is typed, there will be a short delay
 		while Vim waits to see if this is the start of an escape
@@ -4349,6 +4375,7 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		highlight	highlight groups
 		history		:history suboptions
 		locale		locale names (as output of locale -a)
+		mapclear        buffer argument
 		mapping		mapping name
 		menu		menus
 		messages	|:messages| suboptions
@@ -4585,18 +4612,32 @@ getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
 		returns only the items listed in {what} as a dictionary. The
 		following string items are supported in {what}:
 			context	get the context stored with |setqflist()|
+			items	quickfix list entries
 			nr	get information for this quickfix list; zero
-				means the current quickfix list
+				means the current quickfix list and '$' means
+				the last quickfix list
+			text	use 'errorformat' to extract items from the
+				text and return the resulting entries. The
+				value can be a string with one line or a list
+				with multiple lines. The current quickfix list
+				is not modified.
 			title	get the list title
 			winid	get the |window-ID| (if opened)
 			all	all of the above quickfix properties
 		Non-string items in {what} are ignored.
 		If "nr" is not present then the current quickfix list is used.
+		To get the number of lists in the quickfix stack, set 'nr' to
+		'$' in {what}. The 'nr' value in the returned dictionary
+		contains the quickfix stack size.
+		When 'text' is specified, all the other items are ignored. The
+		returned dictionary contains the entry 'items' with the list
+		of entries.
 		In case of error processing {what}, an empty dictionary is
 		returned.
 
 		The returned dictionary contains the following entries:
 			context	context information stored with |setqflist()|
+			items	quickfix list entries
 			nr	quickfix list number
 			title	quickfix list title text
 			winid	quickfix |window-ID| (if opened)
@@ -4714,6 +4755,8 @@ getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 					{only with the +quickfix feature}
 			quickfix	1 if quickfix or location list window
 					{only with the +quickfix feature}
+			terminal	1 if a terminal window
+					{only with the +terminal feature}
 			tabnr		tab page number
 			variables	a reference to the dictionary with
 					window-local variables
@@ -5168,6 +5211,8 @@ job_info({job})						*job_info()*
 		Returns a Dictionary with information about {job}:
 		   "status"	what |job_status()| returns
 		   "channel"	what |job_getchannel()| returns
+		   "process"	process ID
+		   "tty"	controlling terminal name, empty when none
 		   "exitval"	only valid when "status" is "dead"
 		   "exit_cb"	function to be called on exit
 		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
@@ -5180,6 +5225,7 @@ job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
 job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
 		Start a job and return a Job object.  Unlike |system()| and
 		|:!cmd| this does not wait for the job to finish.
+		To start a job in a terminal window see |term_start()|.
 
 		{command} can be a String.  This works best on MS-Windows.  On
 		Unix it is split up in white-separated parts to be passed to
@@ -5460,7 +5506,10 @@ line({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
 <							*last-position-jump*
 		This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
 		just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
-	:au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal! g`\"" | endif
+     :au BufReadPost *
+	 \ if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit' 
+	 \ |   exe "normal! g`\""
+	 \ | endif
 
 line2byte({lnum})					*line2byte()*
 		Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
@@ -5882,7 +5931,7 @@ max({expr})	Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}.
 		it returns the maximum of all values in the dictionary.
 		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
-                an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
+		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
 
 							*min()*
 min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}.
@@ -5890,7 +5939,7 @@ min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}.
 		it returns the minimum of all values in the dictionary.
 		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
-                an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
+		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
 
 							*mkdir()* *E739*
 mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
@@ -5915,7 +5964,7 @@ mode([expr])	Return a string that indicates the current mode.
 		a non-empty String (|non-zero-arg|), then the full mode is
 		returned, otherwise only the first letter is returned.
 
-			n	Normal
+			n	Normal, Terminal-Normal
 			no	Operator-pending
 			v	Visual by character
 			V	Visual by line
@@ -5937,6 +5986,7 @@ mode([expr])	Return a string that indicates the current mode.
 			rm	The -- more -- prompt
 			r?	A |:confirm| query of some sort
 			!	Shell or external command is executing
+			t	Terminal-Job mode: keys go to the job
 		This is useful in the 'statusline' option or when used
 		with |remote_expr()| In most other places it always returns
 		"c" or "n".
@@ -6185,8 +6235,8 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 			zero the decimal point is omitted.  When the precision
 			is not specified 6 is used.  A really big number
 			(out of range or dividing by zero) results in "inf"
-                        or "-inf" with %f (INF or -INF with %F).
-                        "0.0 / 0.0" results in "nan" with %f (NAN with %F).
+			or "-inf" with %f (INF or -INF with %F).
+			"0.0 / 0.0" results in "nan" with %f (NAN with %F).
 			Example: >
 				echo printf("%.2f", 12.115)
 <				12.12
@@ -6935,10 +6985,12 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 		|winrestview()|.
 
 setqflist({list} [, {action}[, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
-		Create or replace or add to the quickfix list using the items
-		in {list}.  Each item in {list} is a dictionary.
-		Non-dictionary items in {list} are ignored.  Each dictionary
-		item can contain the following entries:
+		Create or replace or add to the quickfix list.
+		
+		When {what} is not present, use the items in {list}.  Each
+		item must be a dictionary.  Non-dictionary items in {list} are
+		ignored.  Each dictionary item can contain the following
+		entries:
 
 		    bufnr	buffer number; must be the number of a valid
 				buffer
@@ -6983,18 +7035,30 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action}[, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 			freed.
 
 		If {action} is not present or is set to ' ', then a new list
-		is created.
+		is created. The new quickfix list is added after the current
+		quickfix list in the stack and all the following lists are
+		freed. To add a new quickfix list at the end of the stack,
+		set "nr" in {what} to '$'.
 
 		If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
 		only the items listed in {what} are set. The first {list}
 		argument is ignored.  The following items can be specified in
 		{what}:
 		    context	any Vim type can be stored as a context
-		    nr		list number in the quickfix stack
+		    text	use 'errorformat' to extract items from the
+				text and add the resulting entries to the
+				quickfix list {nr}.  The value can be a string
+				with one line or a list with multiple lines.
+		    items	list of quickfix entries. Same as the {list}
+				argument.
+		    nr		list number in the quickfix stack; zero
+				means the current quickfix list and '$' means
+				the last quickfix list
 		    title	quickfix list title text
 		Unsupported keys in {what} are ignored.
 		If the "nr" item is not present, then the current quickfix list
-		is modified.
+		is modified. When creating a new quickfix list, "nr" can be
+		set to a value one greater than the quickfix stack size.
 
 		Examples: >
 			:call setqflist([], 'r', {'title': 'My search'})
@@ -7094,18 +7158,22 @@ shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		quotes within {string}.
 		Otherwise it will enclose {string} in single quotes and
 		replace all "'" with "'\''".
+
 		When the {special} argument is present and it's a non-zero
 		Number or a non-empty String (|non-zero-arg|), then special
 		items such as "!", "%", "#" and "<cword>" will be preceded by
 		a backslash.  This backslash will be removed again by the |:!|
 		command.
+
 		The "!" character will be escaped (again with a |non-zero-arg|
 		{special}) when 'shell' contains "csh" in the tail.  That is
 		because for csh and tcsh "!" is used for history replacement
 		even when inside single quotes.
-		The <NL> character is also escaped.  With a |non-zero-arg|
-		{special} and 'shell' containing "csh" in the tail it's
+
+		With a |non-zero-arg| {special} the <NL> character is also
+		escaped.  When 'shell' containing "csh" in the tail it's
 		escaped a second time.
+
 		Example of use with a |:!| command: >
 		    :exe '!dir ' . shellescape(expand('<cfile>'), 1)
 <		This results in a directory listing for the file under the
@@ -7637,17 +7705,29 @@ synIDtrans({synID})					*synIDtrans()*
 		":highlight link" are followed.
 
 synconcealed({lnum}, {col})				*synconcealed()*
-		The result is a List. The first item in the list is 0 if the
-		character at the position {lnum} and {col} is not part of a
-		concealable region, 1 if it is. The second item in the list is
-		a string. If the first item is 1, the second item contains the
-		text which will be displayed in place of the concealed text,
-		depending on the current setting of 'conceallevel'. The third
-		and final item in the list is a unique number representing the
-		specific syntax region matched. This allows detection of the
-		beginning of a new concealable region if there are two
-		consecutive regions with the same replacement character.
-		For an example use see $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/2html.vim .
+		The result is a List with currently three items:
+		1. The first item in the list is 0 if the character at the
+		   position {lnum} and {col} is not part of a concealable
+		   region, 1 if it is.
+		2. The second item in the list is a string. If the first item
+		   is 1, the second item contains the text which will be
+		   displayed in place of the concealed text, depending on the
+		   current setting of 'conceallevel' and 'listchars'.
+		3. The third and final item in the list is a number
+		   representing the specific syntax region matched in the
+		   line. When the character is not concealed the value is
+		   zero. This allows detection of the beginning of a new
+		   concealable region if there are two consecutive regions
+		   with the same replacement character.  For an example, if
+		   the text is "123456" and both "23" and "45" are concealed
+		   and replace by the character "X", then:
+			call			returns ~
+			synconcealed(lnum, 1)   [0, '', 0]
+			synconcealed(lnum, 2)   [1, 'X', 1]
+			synconcealed(lnum, 3)   [1, 'X', 1]
+			synconcealed(lnum, 4)   [1, 'X', 2]
+			synconcealed(lnum, 5)   [1, 'X', 2]
+			synconcealed(lnum, 6)   [0, '', 0]
 
 
 synstack({lnum}, {col})					*synstack()*
@@ -7856,6 +7936,190 @@ tempname()					*tempname()* *temp-file-name*
 		For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
 		option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
 
+term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
+		Returns 1 if the terminal of {buf} is using the alternate
+		screen.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
+		Given {attr}, a value returned by term_scrape() in the "attr"
+		item, return whether {what} is on.  {what} can be one of:
+			bold
+			italic
+			underline
+			strike
+			reverse
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
+		Get the cursor position of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with
+		two numbers and a dictionary: [rows, cols, dict].
+
+		"rows" and "cols" are one based, the first screen cell is row
+		1, column 1.  This is the cursor position of the terminal
+		itself, not of the Vim window.
+
+		"dict" can have these members:
+		   "visible"	one when the cursor is visible, zero when it
+				is hidden.
+		   "blink"	one when the cursor is visible, zero when it
+				is hidden.
+		   "shape"	1 for a block cursor, 2 for underline and 3
+				for a vertical bar.
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
+		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
+		list is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getjob({buf})					*term_getjob()*
+		Get the Job associated with terminal window {buf}.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+		Returns |v:null| when there is no job.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
+		Get a line of text from the terminal window of {buf}.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+
+		The first line has {row} one.  When {row} is "." the cursor
+		line is used.  When {row} is invalid an empty string is
+		returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
+		Return the number of lines that scrolled to above the top of
+		terminal {buf}.  This is the offset between the row number
+		used for |term_getline()| and |getline()|, so that: >
+			term_getline(buf, N)
+<		is equal to: >
+			`getline(N + term_getscrolled(buf))
+<		(if that line exists).
+
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
+		Get the size of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with two
+		numbers: [rows, cols].  This is the size of the terminal, not
+		the window containing the terminal.
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
+		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
+		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
+		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a comma
+		separated list of these items:
+			running		job is running
+			finished	job has finished
+			normal		in Terminal-Normal mode
+		One of "running" or "finished" is always present.
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
+		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
+		string is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
+		Get the title of terminal {buf}. This is the title that the
+		job in the terminal has set.
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
+		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
+		string is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_gettty({buf})					*term_gettty()*
+		Get the name of the controlling terminal associated with
+		terminal window {buf}.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_list()						*term_list()*
+		Return a list with the buffer numbers of all buffers for
+		terminal windows.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
+		Get the contents of {row} of terminal screen of {buf}.
+		For {buf} see |term_getsize()|.
+
+		The first line has {row} one.  When {row} is "." the cursor
+		line is used.  When {row} is invalid an empty string is
+		returned.
+
+		Return a List containing a Dict for each screen cell: 
+		    "chars"	character(s) at the cell
+		    "fg"	foreground color as #rrggbb
+		    "bg"	background color as #rrggbb
+		    "attr"	attributes of the cell, use |term_getattr()|
+				to get the individual flags
+		    "width"	cell width: 1 or 2
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
+		Send keystrokes {keys} to terminal {buf}.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+
+		{keys} are translated as key sequences. For example, "\<c-x>"
+		means the character CTRL-X.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_start({cmd}, {options})				*term_start()*
+		Open a terminal window and run {cmd} in it.
+
+		Returns the buffer number of the terminal window.  If {cmd}
+		cannot be executed the window does open and shows an error
+		message.
+		If opening the window fails zero is returned.
+
+		{options} are similar to what is used for |job_start()|, see
+		|job-options|.  However, not all options can be used.  These
+		are supported:
+		   all timeout options
+		   "stoponexit"
+		   "out_cb", "err_cb"
+		   "exit_cb", "close_cb"
+		   "in_io", "in_top", "in_bot", "in_name", "in_buf"
+		   "out_io", "out_name", "out_buf", "out_modifiable", "out_msg"
+		   "err_io", "err_name", "err_buf", "err_modifiable", "err_msg"
+		However, at least one of stdin, stdout or stderr must be
+		connected to the terminal.  When I/O is connected to the
+		terminal then the callback function for that part is not used.
+
+		There are extra options:
+		   "term_name"	     name to use for the buffer name, instead
+				     of the command name.
+		   "term_rows"	     vertical size to use for the terminal,
+				     instead of using 'termsize'
+		   "term_cols"	     horizontal size to use for the terminal,
+				     instead of using 'termsize'
+		   "vertical"	     split the window vertically
+		   "curwin"	     use the current window, do not split the
+				     window; fails if the current buffer
+				     cannot be |abandon|ed
+		   "term_finish"     What to do when the job is finished:
+					"close": close any windows
+					"open": open window if needed
+				     Note that "open" can be interruptive.
+				     See |term++close| and |term++open|.
+		   "term_opencmd"    command to use for opening the window when
+				     "open" is used for "term_finish"; must
+				     have "%d" where the buffer number goes,
+				     e.g. "10split|buffer %d"; when not
+				     specified "botright sbuf %d" is used
+
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_wait({buf} [, {time}])					*term_wait()*
+		Wait for pending updates of {buf} to be handled.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+		{time} is how long to wait for updates to arrive in msec.  If
+		not set then 10 msec will be used.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 
 test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})		*test_alloc_fail()*
 		This is for testing: If the memory allocation with {id} is
@@ -7912,8 +8176,19 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 		name	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
 		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
 		char_avail   disable the char_avail() function
+		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
 		ALL	     clear all overrides ({val} is not used)
 
+		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
+		startup was done.  Since the tests are run by sourcing a
+		script the "starting" variable is non-zero. This is usually a
+		good thing (tests run faster), but sometimes changes behavior
+		in a way that the test doesn't work properly.
+		When using: >
+			call test_override('starting', 1)
+<		The value of "starting" is saved.  It is restored by: >
+			call test_override('starting', 0)
+
 test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
 		Set the time Vim uses internally.  Currently only used for
 		timestamps in the history, as they are used in viminfo, and
@@ -7975,6 +8250,10 @@ timer_start({time}, {callback} [, {options}])
 		   "repeat"	Number of times to repeat calling the
 				callback.  -1 means forever.  When not present
 				the callback will be called once.
+				If the timer causes an error three times in a
+				row the repeat is cancelled.  This avoids that
+				Vim becomes unusable because of all the error
+				messages.
 
 		Example: >
 			func MyHandler(timer)
@@ -8334,8 +8613,8 @@ winwidth({nr})						*winwidth()*
   :if winwidth(0) <= 50
   :  exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
   :endif
-<               For getting the terminal or screen size, see the 'columns'
-               option.
+<		For getting the terminal or screen size, see the 'columns'
+		option.
 
 
 wordcount()						*wordcount()*
@@ -8353,11 +8632,11 @@ wordcount()						*wordcount()*
 			cursor_words    Number of words before cursor position
 					(not in Visual mode)
 			visual_bytes    Number of bytes visually selected
-			                (only in Visual mode)
+					(only in Visual mode)
 			visual_chars    Number of chars visually selected
-			                (only in Visual mode)
-			visual_words    Number of chars visually selected
-			                (only in Visual mode)
+					(only in Visual mode)
+			visual_words    Number of words visually selected
+					(only in Visual mode)
 
 
 							*writefile()*
@@ -8565,6 +8844,7 @@ tag_any_white		Compiled with support for any white characters in tags
 			files |tag-any-white|.
 tcl			Compiled with Tcl interface.
 termguicolors		Compiled with true color in terminal support.
+terminal		Compiled with |terminal| support.
 terminfo		Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap.
 termresponse		Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
 textobjects		Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
@@ -8701,6 +8981,9 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			not used an error message is given.  When [!] is used,
 			an existing function is silently replaced.  Unless it
 			is currently being executed, that is an error.
+			NOTE: Use ! wisely.  If used without care it can cause
+			an existing function to be replaced unexpectedly,
+			which is hard to debug.
 
 			For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
 
@@ -8750,18 +9033,36 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			implies that the effect of |:nohlsearch| is undone
 			when the function returns.
 
-					*:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
-:endf[unction]		The end of a function definition.  Must be on a line
-			by its own, without other commands.
+				*:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193* *W22*
+:endf[unction] [argument]
+			The end of a function definition.  Best is to put it
+			on a line by its own, without [argument].
 
+			[argument] can be:
+				| command	command to execute next
+				\n command	command to execute next
+				" comment	always ignored
+				anything else	ignored, warning given when
+						'verbose' is non-zero
+			The support for a following command was added in Vim
+			8.0.0654, before that any argument was silently
+			ignored.
+
+			To be able to define a function inside an `:execute`
+			command, use line breaks instead of |:bar|: >
+				:exe "func Foo()\necho 'foo'\nendfunc"
+<
 				*:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131* *E933*
-:delf[unction] {name}	Delete function {name}.
+:delf[unction][!] {name}
+			Delete function {name}.
 			{name} can also be a |Dictionary| entry that is a
 			|Funcref|: >
 				:delfunc dict.init
 <			This will remove the "init" entry from "dict".  The
 			function is deleted if there are no more references to
 			it.
+			With the ! there is no error if the function does not
+			exist.
 							*:retu* *:return* *E133*
 :retu[rn] [expr]	Return from a function.  When "[expr]" is given, it is
 			evaluated and returned as the result of the function.

runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt

@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ NOTE: "gnat xref -v" is very tricky to use as it has almost no diagnostic
     then "gnat xref -v *.ad?"
 4)  Project manager support is completely broken - don't even try "gnat xref
     -Padacl.gpr".
-5)  VIM is faster when the tags file is sorted - use "sort --unique
+5)  Vim is faster when the tags file is sorted - use "sort --unique
     --ignore-case --output=tags tags" .
 6)  Remember to insert "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED 2 %sort ui" as first line to mark
     the file assorted.

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ g:rustfmt_options~
 
                                                           *g:rust_playpen_url*
 g:rust_playpen_url~
-	Set this option to override the url for the playpen to use: >
+	Set this option to override the URL for the playpen to use: >
 	    let g:rust_playpen_url = 'https://play.rust-lang.org/'
 <
 
                                                         *g:rust_shortener_url*
 g:rust_shortener_url~
-	Set this option to override the url for the url shortener: >
+	Set this option to override the URL for the URL shortener: >
 	    let g:rust_shortener_url = 'https://is.gd/'
 <
 
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		|g:rust_playpen_url| is the base URL to the playpen, by default
 		"https://play.rust-lang.org/".
 
-		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base url for the shorterner, by
+		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base URL for the shorterner, by
 		default "https://is.gd/"
 
 :RustFmt                                                       *:RustFmt*

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2014 Mar 08
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
     executed as an Ex command.
   - If the user gvimrc file exists, it is sourced.  The name of this file is
     normally "$HOME/.gvimrc".  You can check this with ":version".
-  - For Win32, when $HOME is not set, "$VIM\_gvimrc" is used.
+  - For Win32, $HOME is set by Vim if needed, see |$HOME-windows|.
   - When a "_gvimrc" file is not found, ".gvimrc" is tried too.  And vice
     versa.
   The name of the first file found is stored in $MYGVIMRC, unless it was
@@ -79,7 +79,8 @@ When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
   and DOS/Win32 "_gvimrc" is tried first.
 
 NOTE: All but the first one are not carried out if Vim was started with
-"-u NONE" and no "-U" argument was given, or when started with "-U NONE".
+"-u NONE" or "-u DEFAULTS" and no "-U" argument was given, or when started
+with "-U NONE".
 
 All this happens AFTER the normal Vim initializations, like reading your
 .vimrc file.  See |initialization|.

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Sep 12
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -279,8 +279,9 @@ For CDE "dtwm" (a derivative of Motif) add this line in the .Xdefaults: >
 For "mwm" (Motif window manager) the line would be: >
    Mwm*Vim*iconImage: /usr/local/share/vim/vim32x32.xpm
 
-Mouse Pointers Available in X11				*X11_mouse_shapes*
 
+Mouse Pointers Available in X11 ~
+						*X11_mouse_shapes*
 By using the |'mouseshape'| option, the mouse pointer can be automatically
 changed whenever Vim enters one of its various modes (e.g., Insert or
 Command).  Currently, the available pointers are:
@@ -354,7 +355,9 @@ to the GTK documentation, however little there is, on how to do this.
 See http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/gtk-Resource-Files.html
 for more information.
 
-						*gtk-tooltip-colors*
+
+Tooltip Colors ~
+							*gtk-tooltip-colors*
 Example, which sets the tooltip colors to black on light-yellow: >
 
 	style "tooltips"
@@ -372,15 +375,122 @@ distribution.
 For GTK+ 3, an effect similar to the above can be obtained by adding the
 following snippet of CSS code to $XDG_HOME_DIR/gtk-3.0/gtk.css (usually,
 $HOME/.config/gtk-3.0/gtk.css):
- >
+
+For GTK+ 3 < 3.20: >
+
 	.tooltip {
 		background-color: #ffffcc;
 		color: #000000;
 	}
 <
+For GTK+ 3 >= 3.20: >
 
-Using Vim as a GTK+ plugin				*gui-gtk-socketid*
+	tooltip {
+	    background-color: #ffffcc;
+	    text-shadow: none;
+	}
 
+	tooltip label {
+	    color: #2e3436;
+	}
+<
+
+A Quick Look at GTK+ CSS ~
+							*gtk-css*
+The contents of this subsection apply to GTK+ 3.20 or later which provides
+stable support for GTK+ CSS:
+
+	https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/theming.html
+
+GTK+ uses CSS for styling and layout of widgets.  In this subsection, we'll
+have a quick look at GTK+ CSS through simple, illustrative examples.
+
+Example 1.  Empty Space Adjustment ~
+
+By default, the toolbar and the tabline of the GTK+ 3 GUI are somewhat larger
+than those of the GTK+ 2 GUI.  Some people may want to make them look similar
+to the GTK+ 2 GUI in size.
+
+To do that, we'll try reducing empty space around icons and labels that looks
+apparently superfluous.
+
+Add the following lines to $XDG_HOME_DIR/gtk-3.0/gtk.css (usually,
+$HOME/.config/gtk-3.0/gtk.css): >
+
+	toolbar button {
+	    margin-top: -2px;
+	    margin-right: 0px;
+	    margin-bottom: -2px;
+	    margin-left: 0px;
+
+	    padding-top: 0px;
+	    padding-right: 0px;
+	    padding-bottom: 0px;
+	    padding-left: 0px
+	}
+
+	notebook tab {
+	    margin-top: -1px;
+	    margin-right: 3px;
+	    margin-bottom: -1px;
+	    margin-left: 3px;
+
+	    padding-top: 0px;
+	    padding-right: 0px;
+	    padding-bottom: 0px;
+	    padding-left: 0px
+	}
+<
+Since it's a CSS, they can be rewritten using shorthand: >
+
+	toolbar button {
+	    margin: -2px 0px;
+	    padding: 0px;
+	}
+
+	notebook tab {
+	    margin: -1px 3px;
+	    padding: 0px
+	}
+<
+Note: You might want to use 'toolbariconsize' to adjust the icon size, too.
+
+Note: Depending on the icon theme and/or the font in use, some extra tweaks
+may be needed for a satisfactory result.
+
+Note: In addition to margin and padding, you can use border.  For details,
+refer to the box model of CSS, e.g.,
+
+	https://www.w3schools.com/css/css_boxmodel.asp
+
+Example 2.  More Than Just Colors ~
+
+GTK+ CSS supports gradients as well: >
+
+	tooltip {
+	    background-image: -gtk-gradient(linear,
+					    0 0, 0 1,
+					    color-stop(0, #344752),
+					    color-stop(0.5, #546772),
+					    color-stop(1, #243742));
+	}
+
+	tooltip label {
+	    color: #f3f3f3;
+	}
+<
+Gradients can be used to make a GUI element visually distinguishable from
+others without relying on high contrast. Accordingly, effective use of them is
+a useful technique to give a theme a sense of unity in color and luminance.
+
+Note: Theming can be difficult since it must make every application look
+equally good; making a single application more charming often gets others
+unexpectedly less attractive or even deteriorates their usability.  Keep this
+in mind always when you try improving a theme.
+
+
+Using Vim as a GTK+ plugin ~
+							*gui-gtk-socketid*
 When the GTK+ version of Vim starts up normally, it creates its own top level
 window (technically, a 'GtkWindow').  GTK+ provides an embedding facility with
 its GtkSocket and GtkPlug widgets.  If one GTK+ application creates a
@@ -425,8 +535,8 @@ Note: Avoid use of --enable-gnome-check with GTK+ 3 GUI build.  The
 functionality mentioned above is consolidated in GTK+ 3.
 
 
-GNOME session support			*gui-gnome-session* *gnome-session*
-
+GNOME session support ~
+					*gui-gnome-session* *gnome-session*
 On logout, Vim shows the well-known exit confirmation dialog if any buffers
 are modified.  Clicking [Cancel] will stop the logout process.  Otherwise the
 current session is stored to disk by using the |:mksession| command, and
@@ -563,7 +673,7 @@ Of these three, Vim uses PRIMARY when reading and writing the "* register
 register.  Vim does not access the SECONDARY selection.
 
 Examples: (assuming the default option values)
-- Select an URL in Visual mode in Vim.  Go to your browser and click the
+- Select a URL in Visual mode in Vim.  Go to your browser and click the
   middle mouse button in the URL text field.  The selected text will be
   inserted (hopefully!).  Note: in Firefox you can set the
   middlemouse.contentLoadURL preference to true in about:config, then the

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 Introduction					*hangul*
 ------------
-It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with VIM GUI version.
+It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with Vim GUI version.
 If you have a XIM program, you can use another |+xim| feature.
 Basically, it is for anybody who has no XIM program.
 
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ You should set LANG variable to Korean locale such as ko, ko_KR.eucKR
 or ko_KR.UTF-8.
 If you set LC_ALL variable, it should be set to Korean locale also.
 
-VIM resource
+Vim resource
 ------------
 You may want to set 'encoding' and 'fileencodings'.
 Next are examples: >
@@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ If both are set, VIM_KEYBOARD has higher priority.
 
 Hangul Fonts
 ------------
-If you use GTK version of GVIM, you should set 'guifont' and 'guifontwide'.
+If you use GTK version of gvim, you should set 'guifont' and 'guifontwide'.
 For example: >
     set guifont=Courier\ 12
     set guifontwide=NanumGothicCoding\ 12
 
-If you use Motif or Athena version of GVIM, you should set 'guifontset' in
+If you use Motif or Athena version of gvim, you should set 'guifontset' in
 your vimrc.  You can set fontset in the .Xdefaults file.
 
 $HOME/.gvimrc: >
@@ -77,11 +77,11 @@ $HOME/.Xdefaults: >
 
 attention! the , (comma) or ; (semicolon)
 
-And there should be no ':set guifont'.  If it exists, then Gvim ignores
-':set guifontset'.  It means VIM runs without fontset supporting.
+And there should be no ':set guifont'.  If it exists, then gvim ignores
+':set guifontset'.  It means Vim runs without fontset supporting.
 So, you can see only English.  Hangul does not be correctly displayed.
 
-After "fontset" feature is enabled, VIM does not allow using english
+After "fontset" feature is enabled, Vim does not allow using english
 font only in "font" setting for syntax.
 For example, if you use >
    :set guifontset=eng_font,your_font
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ We don't support Johab font.
 We don't support Hanja input.
 And We don't have any plan to support them.
 
-If you really need such features, you can use console version of VIM with a
+If you really need such features, you can use console version of Vim with a
 capable terminal emulator.
 
 Bug or Comment

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
 
-VIM stands for Vi IMproved.  Most of VIM was made by Bram Moolenaar, but only
+Vim stands for Vi IMproved.  Most of Vim was made by Bram Moolenaar, but only
 through the help of many others.  See |credits|.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 						*doc-file-list* *Q_ct*

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2011 Jun 12
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -91,9 +91,10 @@ suggested use.)
 2. Cscope related commands				*cscope-commands*
 
 		*:cscope* *:cs* *:scs* *:scscope* *E259* *E262* *E561* *E560*
-All cscope commands are accessed through suboptions to the main cscope
-command ":cscope".  The shortest abbreviation is ":cs".  The ":scscope"
-command does the same and also splits the window (short: "scs").
+All cscope commands are accessed through suboptions to the cscope commands.
+	`:cscope` or `:cs` is the main command
+	`:scscope` or `:scs` does the same and splits the window
+	`:lcscope` or `:lcs` uses the location list, see |:lcscope|
 
 The available subcommands are:
 

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ instance), code similar to the following should be used:
 	$vim = new Win32::OLE 'Vim.Application';
 
 [C#] >
-        // Add a reference to VIM in your project. 
+        // Add a reference to Vim in your project. 
         // Choose the COM tab.
-        // Select "VIM Ole Interface 1.1 Type Library"
+        // Select "Vim Ole Interface 1.1 Type Library"
 	Vim.Vim vimobj = new Vim.Vim();
 
 Vim does not support acting as a "hidden" OLE server, like some other OLE

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 Perl and Vim				*perl* *Perl*
 
 1. Editing Perl files			|perl-editing|
-2. Compiling VIM with Perl interface	|perl-compiling|
+2. Compiling Vim with Perl interface	|perl-compiling|
 3. Using the Perl interface		|perl-using|
 4. Dynamic loading			|perl-dynamic|
 
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Vim in the $VIMRUNTIME/tools directory.  This script has currently more
 features than Exuberant ctags' Perl support.
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. Compiling VIM with Perl interface			*perl-compiling*
+2. Compiling Vim with Perl interface			*perl-compiling*
 
 To compile Vim with Perl interface, you need Perl 5.004 (or later).  Perl must
 be installed before you compile Vim.  Vim's Perl interface does NOT work with

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -894,10 +894,10 @@ On Ubuntu you will want to install these packages for Python 2:
 	python-dev
 For Python 3:
 	python3
-	pytyon3-dev
+	python3-dev
 For Python 3.6:
 	python3.6
-	pytyon3.6-dev
+	python3.6-dev
 
 If you have more than one version of Python 3, you need to link python3 to the
 one you prefer, before running configure.

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 22
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -528,8 +528,11 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-W_CTRL-]|	CTRL-W CTRL-]	   same as "CTRL-W ]"
 |CTRL-W_CTRL-^|	CTRL-W CTRL-^	   same as "CTRL-W ^"
 |CTRL-W_CTRL-_|	CTRL-W CTRL-_	   same as "CTRL-W _"
+|CTRL-W_quote|	CTRL-W "	   terminal window: paste register
 |CTRL-W_+|	CTRL-W +	   increase current window height N lines
 |CTRL-W_-|	CTRL-W -	   decrease current window height N lines
+|CTRL-W_.|	CTRL-W .	   terminal window: type CTRL-W
+|CTRL-W_:|	CTRL-W :	   same as |:|, edit a command line
 |CTRL-W_<|	CTRL-W <	   decrease current window width N columns
 |CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =	   make all windows the same height & width
 |CTRL-W_>|	CTRL-W >	   increase current window width N columns
@@ -537,6 +540,7 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-W_J|	CTRL-W J	   move current window to the very bottom
 |CTRL-W_K|	CTRL-W K	   move current window to the very top
 |CTRL-W_L|	CTRL-W L	   move current window to the far right
+|CTRL-W_N|	CTRL-W N	   terminal window: go to Terminal Normal mode
 |CTRL-W_P|	CTRL-W P	   go to preview window
 |CTRL-W_R|	CTRL-W R	   rotate windows upwards N times
 |CTRL-W_S|	CTRL-W S	   same as "CTRL-W s"
@@ -1573,6 +1577,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:tcldo|	:tcld[o]	execute Tcl command for each line
 |:tclfile|	:tclf[ile]	execute Tcl script file
 |:tearoff|	:te[aroff]	tear-off a menu
+|:terminal|	:ter[minal]	open a terminal window
 |:tfirst|	:tf[irst]	jump to first matching tag
 |:throw|	:th[row]	throw an exception
 |:tjump|	:tj[ump]	like ":tselect", but jump directly when there

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 07
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -634,13 +634,13 @@ Completion can be done for:
 10. User defined completion				|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
 11. omni completion					|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|
 12. Spelling suggestions				|i_CTRL-X_s|
-13. keywords in 'complete'				|i_CTRL-N|
+13. keywords in 'complete'				|i_CTRL-N| |i_CTRL-P|
 
-All these (except 2) are done in CTRL-X mode.  This is a sub-mode of Insert
-and Replace modes.  You enter CTRL-X mode by typing CTRL-X and one of the
-CTRL-X commands.  You exit CTRL-X mode by typing a key that is not a valid
-CTRL-X mode command.  Valid keys are the CTRL-X command itself, CTRL-N (next),
-and CTRL-P (previous).
+All these, except CTRL-N and CTRL-P, are done in CTRL-X mode.  This is a
+sub-mode of Insert and Replace modes.  You enter CTRL-X mode by typing CTRL-X
+and one of the CTRL-X commands.  You exit CTRL-X mode by typing a key that is
+not a valid CTRL-X mode command.  Valid keys are the CTRL-X command itself,
+CTRL-N (next), and CTRL-P (previous).
 
 Also see the 'infercase' option if you want to adjust the case of the match.
 

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Sep 24
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ The Vim pages contain the most recent information about Vim.  They also
 contain links to the most recent version of Vim.  The FAQ is a list of
 Frequently Asked Questions.  Read this if you have problems.
 
-	VIM home page:	  http://www.vim.org/
-	VIM FAQ:	  http://vimdoc.sf.net/
+	Vim home page:	  http://www.vim.org/
+	Vim FAQ:	  http://vimdoc.sf.net/
 	Downloading:	  ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS
 
 
@@ -143,9 +143,14 @@ There are two ways to report bugs, both work:
 
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible
-example and try to find out which settings or other things influence the
-appearance of the bug.  Try different machines, if possible.  Send me patches
-if you can!
+example and try to find out which settings or other things trigger the bug.
+
+Preferably start Vim with: >
+	vim --clean -u reproduce.vim
+Where reproduce.vim is a script that reproduces the problem.  Try different
+machines, if relevant (is this an MS-Windows specific bug perhaps?).
+
+Send me patches if you can!
 
 It will help to include information about the version of Vim you are using and
 your setup.  You can get the information with this command: >
@@ -525,7 +530,7 @@ examples and use them directly.  Or type them literally, including the '<' and
 ==============================================================================
 5. Modes, introduction				*vim-modes-intro* *vim-modes*
 
-Vim has six BASIC modes:
+Vim has seven BASIC modes:
 
 					*Normal* *Normal-mode* *command-mode*
 Normal mode		In Normal mode you can enter all the normal editor
@@ -561,7 +566,12 @@ Ex mode			Like Command-line mode, but after entering a command
 			you remain in Ex mode.  Very limited editing of the
 			command line.  |Ex-mode|
 
-There are six ADDITIONAL modes.  These are variants of the BASIC modes:
+Terminal-Job mode	Interacting with a job in a terminal window.  Typed
+			keys go to the job and the job output is displayed in
+			the terminal window.  See |terminal| about how to
+			switch to other modes.
+
+There are seven ADDITIONAL modes.  These are variants of the BASIC modes:
 
 				*Operator-pending* *Operator-pending-mode*
 Operator-pending mode	This is like Normal mode, but after an operator
@@ -587,6 +597,10 @@ Insert Normal mode	Entered when CTRL-O given in Insert mode.  This is
 			If the 'showmode' option is on "-- (insert) --" is
 			shown at the bottom of the window.
 
+Terminal-Normal mode	Using Normal mode in a terminal window.  Making
+			changes is impossible.  Use an insert command, such as
+			"a" or "i", to return to Terminal-Job mode.
+
 Insert Visual mode	Entered when starting a Visual selection from Insert
 			mode, e.g., by using CTRL-O and then "v", "V" or
 			CTRL-V.  When the Visual selection ends, Vim returns
@@ -661,6 +675,8 @@ Normal mode from any other mode.  This can be used to make sure Vim is in
 Normal mode, without causing a beep like <Esc> would.  However, this does not
 work in Ex mode.  When used after a command that takes an argument, such as
 |f| or |m|, the timeout set with 'ttimeoutlen' applies.
+When focus is in a terminal window, CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode for only
+one command, see |t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N|.
 
 	*CTRL-\_CTRL-G* *i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G* *c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G* *v_CTRL-\_CTRL-G*
 The command CTRL-\ CTRL-G or <C-\><C-G> can be used to go to Insert mode when
@@ -823,10 +839,12 @@ by Vim.  {Vi: not ok}
 ==============================================================================
 8. Definitions						*definitions*
 
+  buffer		Contains lines of text, usually read from a file.
   screen		The whole area that Vim uses to work in.  This can be
 			a terminal emulator window.  Also called "the Vim
 			window".
-  window		A view on a buffer.
+  window		A view on a buffer.  There can be multiple windows for
+			one buffer.
 
 A screen contains one or more windows, separated by status lines and with the
 command line at the bottom.

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 10
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ that starts with ",".  Then you need to type another character for Vim to know
 whether to use the "," mapping or the longer one.  To avoid this add the
 <nowait> argument.  Then the mapping will be used when it matches, Vim does
 not wait for more characters to be typed.  However, if the characters were
-already type they are used.
+already typed they are used.
 
 						*:map-<silent>* *:map-silent*
 To define a mapping which will not be echoed on the command line, add
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ Bear in mind that convert-meta has been reported to have troubles when used in
 UTF-8 locales.  On terminals like xterm, the "metaSendsEscape" resource can be
 toggled on the fly through the "Main Options" menu, by pressing Ctrl-LeftClick
 on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
-using other applications but not when inside VIM.
+using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 
 
 1.11 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
@@ -1279,6 +1279,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=highlight	highlight groups
 	-complete=history	:history suboptions
 	-complete=locale	locale names (as output of locale -a)
+	-complete=mapclear	buffer argument
 	-complete=mapping	mapping name
 	-complete=menu		menus
 	-complete=messages	|:messages| suboptions

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ In case you do not want the NetBeans interface you can disable it by
 uncommenting a line with "--disable-netbeans" in the Makefile.
 
 Currently the NetBeans interface is supported by Vim running in a terminal and
-by GVim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
+by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
 Athena and Motif.
 
 If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.  See
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ to "Vim".  In the Expert tab make sure the "Vim Command" is correct.
 You should be careful if you change the "Vim Command".  There are command
 line options there which must be there for the connection to be properly
 set up.  You can change the command name but that's about it.  If your gvim
-can be found by your $PATH then the VIM Command can start with "gvim".  If
+can be found by your $PATH then the Vim Command can start with "gvim".  If
 you don't want gvim searched from your $PATH then hard code in the full
 Unix path name.  At this point you should get a gvim for any source file
 you open in NetBeans.

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 08
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Note: In the future more global options can be made global-local.  Using
 
 Setting the filetype
 
-:setf[iletype] {filetype}			*:setf* *:setfiletype*
+:setf[iletype] [FALLBACK] {filetype}			*:setf* *:setfiletype*
 			Set the 'filetype' option to {filetype}, but only if
 			not done yet in a sequence of (nested) autocommands.
 			This is short for: >
@@ -380,6 +380,13 @@ Setting the filetype
 <			This command is used in a filetype.vim file to avoid
 			setting the 'filetype' option twice, causing different
 			settings and syntax files to be loaded.
+
+			When the optional FALLBACK argument is present, a
+			later :setfiletype command will override the
+			'filetype'.  This is to used for filetype detections
+			that are just a guess.  |did_filetype()| will return
+			false after this command.
+
 			{not in Vi}
 
 				*option-window* *optwin*
@@ -410,12 +417,13 @@ On Unix systems the form "${HOME}" can be used too.  The name between {} can
 contain non-id characters then.  Note that if you want to use this for the
 "gf" command, you need to add the '{' and '}' characters to 'isfname'.
 
-On MS-Windows, if $HOME is not defined as an environment variable, then
-at runtime Vim will set it to the expansion of $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH.
-
 NOTE: expanding environment variables and "~/" is only done with the ":set"
 command, not when assigning a value to an option with ":let".
 
+							*$HOME-windows*
+On MS-Windows, if $HOME is not defined as an environment variable, then
+at runtime Vim will set it to the expansion of $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH.
+
 
 Note the maximum length of an expanded option is limited.  How much depends on
 the system, mostly it is something like 256 or 1024 characters.
@@ -882,6 +890,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
 	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
 
+	The |:terminal| command and the |term_start()| function use the
+	'background' value to decide whether the terminal window will start
+	with a white or black background.
+
 	Normally this option would be set in the .vimrc file.  Possibly
 	depending on the terminal name.  Example: >
 		:if &term == "pcterm"
@@ -1312,8 +1324,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'bufhidden' 'bh'	string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
-			feature}
 	This option specifies what happens when a buffer is no longer
 	displayed in a window:
 	  <empty>	follow the global 'hidden' option
@@ -1348,8 +1358,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'buftype' 'bt'		string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
-			feature}
 	The value of this option specifies the type of a buffer:
 	  <empty>	normal buffer
 	  nofile	buffer which is not related to a file and will not be
@@ -1362,6 +1370,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			or list of locations |:lwindow|
 	  help		help buffer (you are not supposed to set this
 			manually)
+	  terminal	buffer for a |terminal| (you are not supposed to set
+			this manually)
 
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'swapfile' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
@@ -3515,6 +3525,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:s///gg		  subst. all	  subst. one
 
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
+	DEPRECATED: Setting this option may break plugins that are not aware
+	of this option.  Also, many users get confused that adding the /g flag
+	has the opposite effect of that it normally does.
 
 						*'grepformat'* *'gfm'*
 'grepformat' 'gfm'	string	(default "%f:%l:%m,%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m")
@@ -4030,7 +4043,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     D:DiffDelete,T:DiffText,>:SignColumn,
 				     B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,R:SpellRare,
 				     L:SpellLocal,-:Conceal,+:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
-				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb")
+				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb,*:TabLine,
+				     #:TabLineSel,_:TabLineFill,!:CursorColumn,
+				     .:CursorLine,o:ColorColumn,q:QuickFixLine,
+				     z:StatusLineTerm,Z:StatusLineTermNC")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	This option can be used to set highlighting mode for various
@@ -4954,8 +4970,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When on the plugin scripts are loaded when starting up |load-plugins|.
 	This option can be reset in your |vimrc| file to disable the loading
 	of plugins.
-	Note that using the "-u NONE" and "--noplugin" command line arguments
-	reset this option. |-u| |--noplugin|
+	Note that using the "-u NONE", "-u DEFAULTS" and "--noplugin" command
+	line arguments reset this option.  See |-u| and |--noplugin|.
 
 						*'luadll'*
 'luadll'		string	(default depends on the build)
@@ -5712,18 +5728,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Replace the ';' with a ':' or whatever separator is used.  Note that
 	this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.
 
-						*'perldll'*
-'perldll'		string	(default depends on the build)
-			global
-			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+perl/dyn|
-			feature}
-	Specifies the name of the Perl shared library. The default is
-	DYNAMIC_PERL_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
-	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
-	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
-	security reasons.
-
 			*'preserveindent'* *'pi'* *'nopreserveindent'* *'nopi'*
 'preserveindent' 'pi'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
@@ -5933,10 +5937,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only available when compiled with the |+reltime|
 			feature}
 	The time in milliseconds for redrawing the display.  This applies to
-	searching for patterns for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting.
+	searching for patterns for 'hlsearch', |:match| highlighting an syntax
+	highlighting.
 	When redrawing takes more than this many milliseconds no further
-	matches will be highlighted.  This is used to avoid that Vim hangs
-	when using a very complicated pattern.
+	matches will be highlighted.
+	For syntax highlighting the time applies per window.  When over the
+	limit syntax highlighting is disabled until |CTRL-L| is used.
+	This is used to avoid that Vim hangs when using a very complicated
+	pattern.
 
 						*'regexpengine'* *'re'*
 'regexpengine' 're'	number	(default 0)
@@ -7314,7 +7322,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	Watch out for errors in expressions.  They may render Vim unusable!
 	If you are stuck, hold down ':' or 'Q' to get a prompt, then quit and
-	edit your .vimrc or whatever with "vim -u NONE" to get it right.
+	edit your .vimrc or whatever with "vim --clean" to get it right.
 
 	Examples:
 	Emulate standard status line with 'ruler' set >
@@ -7735,8 +7743,39 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	compatible terminal.
 	If setting this option does not work (produces a colorless UI)
 	reading |xterm-true-color| might help.
+	Note that the "cterm" attributes are still used, not the "gui" ones.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
+						*'termkey'* *'tk'*
+'termkey' 'tk'		string	(default "")
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+	The key that starts a CTRL-W command in a terminal window.  Other keys
+	are sent to the job running in the window.
+	The <> notation can be used, e.g.: >
+		:set termkey=<C-L>
+<	The string must be one key stroke but can be multiple bytes.
+	When not set CTRL-W is used, so that CTRL-W : gets you to the command
+	line.  If 'termkey' is set to CTRL-L then CTRL-L : gets you to the
+	command line.
+
+						*'termsize'* *'tms'*
+'termsize' 'tms'	string	(default "")
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+	Size of the |terminal| window.  Format: {rows}x{columns}.
+	- When empty the terminal gets the size from the window.
+	- When set (e.g., "24x80") the terminal size is not adjusted to the
+	  window size.  If the window is smaller only the top-left part is
+	  displayed.
+	  When rows is zero then use the height of the window.
+	  When columns is zero then use the width of the window.
+	  For example: "30x0" uses 30 rows with the current window width.
+	  Using "0x0" is the same as empty.
+	Note that the command running in the terminal window may still change
+	the size of the terminal.  In that case the Vim window will be
+	adjusted to that size, if possible.
+
 						*'terse'* *'noterse'*
 'terse'			boolean	(default off)
 			global
@@ -8296,13 +8335,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+viminfo|
 			feature}
 	When non-empty, the viminfo file is read upon startup and written
-	when exiting Vim (see |viminfo-file|).  The string should be a comma
-	separated list of parameters, each consisting of a single character
-	identifying the particular parameter, followed by a number or string
-	which specifies the value of that parameter.  If a particular
-	character is left out, then the default value is used for that
-	parameter.  The following is a list of the identifying characters and
-	the effect of their value.
+	when exiting Vim (see |viminfo-file|). Except when 'viminfofile' is
+	"NONE".
+	The string should be a comma separated list of parameters, each
+	consisting of a single character identifying the particular parameter,
+	followed by a number or string which specifies the value of that
+	parameter.  If a particular character is left out, then the default
+	value is used for that parameter.  The following is a list of the
+	identifying characters and the effect of their value.
 	CHAR	VALUE	~
 							*viminfo-!*
 	!	When included, save and restore global variables that start
@@ -8362,9 +8402,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		has been used since the last search command.
 							*viminfo-n*
 	n	Name of the viminfo file.  The name must immediately follow
-		the 'n'.  Must be at the end of the option!  If the "-i"
-		argument was given when starting Vim, that file name overrides
-		the one given here with 'viminfo'.  Environment variables are
+		the 'n'.  Must be at the end of the option!  If the
+		'viminfofile' option is set, that file name overrides the one
+		given here with 'viminfo'.  Environment variables are
 		expanded when opening the file, not when setting the option.
 							*viminfo-r*
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
@@ -8405,6 +8445,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vim default value when 'compatible'
 	is reset.
 
+				*'viminfofile'* *'vif'*
+'viminfofile' 'vif'	string	(default: "")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+viminfo|
+			feature}
+	When non-empty, overrides the file name used for viminfo.
+	When equal to "NONE" no viminfo file will be read or written.
+	This option can be set with the |-i| command line flag.  The |--clean|
+	command line flag sets it to "NONE".
+
 					    *'virtualedit'* *'ve'*
 'virtualedit' 've'	string	(default "")
 			global
@@ -8438,14 +8489,27 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'visualbell' 'vb'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-	Use visual bell instead of beeping.  The terminal code to display the
+	Use a visual bell instead of beeping.  The terminal code to display the
 	visual bell is given with 't_vb'.  When no beep or flash is wanted,
-	use ":set vb t_vb=".
-	Note: When the GUI starts, 't_vb' is reset to its default value.  You
-	might want to set it again in your |gvimrc|.
+	use: >
+		:set vb t_vb=
+<	If you want a short flash, you can use this on many terminals: >
+		:set vb t_vb=[?5h$<100>[?5l
+<	Here $<100> specifies the time, you can use a smaller or bigger value
+	to get a shorter or longer flash.
+
+	Note: Vim will limit the bell to once per half a second.  This avoids
+	having to wait for the flashing to finish when there are lots of
+	bells, e.g. on key repeat.  This also happens without 'visualbell'
+	set.
+
 	In the GUI, 't_vb' defaults to "<Esc>|f", which inverts the display
 	for 20 msec.  If you want to use a different time, use "<Esc>|40f",
 	where 40 is the time in msec.
+
+	Note: When the GUI starts, 't_vb' is reset to its default value.  You
+	might want to set it again in your |gvimrc|.
+
 	Does not work on the Amiga, you always get a screen flash.
 	Also see 'errorbells'.
 
@@ -8760,6 +8824,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	large number, it will cause errors when opening more than a few
 	windows.  A value of 0 to 12 is reasonable.
 
+						*'winptydll'*
+'winptydll'		string	(default "winpty32.dll" or "winpty64.dll")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |terminal|
+			feature on MS-Windows}
+	Specifies the name of the winpty shared library, used for the
+	|:terminal| command. The default depends on whether was build as a
+	32-bit or 64-bit executable.  If not found, "winpty.dll" is tried as
+	a fallback.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
 						*'winwidth'* *'wiw'* *E592*
 'winwidth' 'wiw'	number	(default 20)
 			global

runtime/doc/os_beos.txt

@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with >
   :version
 
 The normal value is /boot/home/config/share/vim.  If you don't like it you can
-set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile' in your
+set the Vim environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile' in your
 .vimrc: >
 
   :if version >= 500

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ More info under :help hardcopy
 
 8.10 Setting up the symbols
 
-When I use GVIM this way and press CTRL-Y in the parent terminal, gvim exits.
+When I use gvim this way and press CTRL-Y in the parent terminal, gvim exits.
 I now use a different symbol that seems to work OK and fixes the problem.
 I suggest this instead: >
 
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ I suggest this instead: >
 
 The /INPUT=NLA0: separates the standard input of the gvim process from the
 parent terminal, to block signals from the parent window.
-Without the -GEOMETRY, the GVIM window size will be minimal and the menu
+Without the -GEOMETRY, the gvim window size will be minimal and the menu
 will be confused after a window-resize.
 
 (Carlo Mekenkamp, Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.0ac)
@@ -764,14 +764,14 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 
 9. VMS related changes					*vms-changes*
 
-Version 7.4 
-- Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name" 
+Version 7.4
+- Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name"
   add _un_ at the beginning to keep the extension
 - correct swap file name wildcard handling
 - handle iconv usage correctly
 - do not optimize on vax - otherwise it hangs compiling crypto files
 - fileio.c fix the comment
-- correct RealWaitForChar 
+- correct RealWaitForChar
 - after 7.4-119 use different functions lib$cvtf_to_internal_time because Alpha and VAX have
   G_FLOAT but IA64 uses IEEE float otherwise Vim crashes
 - guard against crashes that are caused by mixed filenames

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ you will need to get a version older than that.
 6. Running under Windows 3.1				*win32-win3.1*
 
 					*win32s* *windows-3.1* *gui-w32s*
-There was a special version of Gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
+There was a special version of gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
 Support was removed in patch 7.4.1363.
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 29
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1076,12 +1076,16 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	":s/[/x/" searches for "[/x" and replaces it with nothing.  It does
 	not search for "[" and replaces it with "x"!
 
+								*E944* *E945*
 	If the sequence begins with "^", it matches any single character NOT
 	in the collection: "[^xyz]" matches anything but 'x', 'y' and 'z'.
 	- If two characters in the sequence are separated by '-', this is
 	  shorthand for the full list of ASCII characters between them.  E.g.,
-	  "[0-9]" matches any decimal digit.  Non-ASCII characters can be
-	  used, but the character values must not be more than 256 apart.
+	  "[0-9]" matches any decimal digit. If the starting character exceeds
+	  the ending character, e.g. [c-a], E944 occurs. Non-ASCII characters
+	  can be used, but the character values must not be more than 256 apart
+	  in the old regexp engine. For example, searching by [\u3000-\u4000]
+	  after setting re=1 emits a E945 error. Prepending \%#=2 will fix it.
 	- A character class expression is evaluated to the set of characters
 	  belonging to that character class.  The following character classes
 	  are supported:

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2013 Nov 29
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 01
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
 	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
-	instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
+	instead of "Vim".  Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
 	associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of
 	any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
 	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Your computer needs to have wget or curl for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
 		mv GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
 		(edit GetLatestVimScripts.dat to install your own personal
 		list of desired plugins -- see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|)
-	
+
 	3. Windows:
 		vim getscript.vba
 		:so %
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ v36 Apr 22, 2013 : * (glts) suggested use of plugin/**/*.vim instead of
 		     plugin/*.vim in globpath() call.
 		   * (Andy Wokula) got warning message when setting
 		     g:loaded_getscriptPlugin
-v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script url has
+v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script URL has
 		     changed (somewhat).  However, it doesn't work, and
 		     the original one does (under Linux). I'll make it
 		     yet-another-option.

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -99,25 +99,25 @@ If the option is empty, then vim will use the system default printer for
 					HPUX: hp-roman8,
 					EBCDIC: ebcdic-uk)
 			global
-Sets the character encoding used when printing.  This option tells VIM which
+Sets the character encoding used when printing.  This option tells Vim which
 print character encoding file from the "print" directory in 'runtimepath' to
 use.
 
 This option will accept any value from |encoding-names|.  Any recognized names
-are converted to VIM standard names - see 'encoding' for more details.  Names
-not recognized by VIM will just be converted to lower case and underscores
+are converted to Vim standard names - see 'encoding' for more details.  Names
+not recognized by Vim will just be converted to lower case and underscores
 replaced with '-' signs.
 
-If 'printencoding' is empty or VIM cannot find the file then it will use
-'encoding' (if VIM is compiled with |+multi_byte| and it is set an 8-bit
-encoding) to find the print character encoding file.  If VIM is unable to find
+If 'printencoding' is empty or Vim cannot find the file then it will use
+'encoding' (if Vim is compiled with |+multi_byte| and it is set an 8-bit
+encoding) to find the print character encoding file.  If Vim is unable to find
 a character encoding file then it will use the "latin1" print character
 encoding file.
 
-When 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding, VIM will try to convert
+When 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding, Vim will try to convert
 characters to the printing encoding for printing (if 'printencoding' is empty
 then the conversion will be to latin1).  Conversion to a printing encoding
-other than latin1 will require VIM to be compiled with the |+iconv| feature.
+other than latin1 will require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv| feature.
 If no conversion is possible then printing will fail.  Any characters that
 cannot be converted will be replaced with upside down question marks.
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ header is used when this option is empty.
 'printmbcharset' 'pmbcs'  string (default "")
 			  global
 Sets the CJK character set to be used when generating CJK output from
-|:hardcopy|.  The following predefined values are currently recognised by VIM:
+|:hardcopy|.  The following predefined values are currently recognised by Vim:
 
 		Value		Description ~
   Chinese	GB_2312-80
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Japanese text you would do the following; >
 
 If 'printmbcharset' is not one of the above values then it is assumed to
 specify a custom multi-byte character set and no check will be made that it is
-compatible with the value for 'printencoding'.  VIM will look for a file
+compatible with the value for 'printencoding'.  Vim will look for a file
 defining the character set in the "print" directory in 'runtimepath'.
 
 							*pmbfn-option*
@@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ There are currently a number of limitations with PostScript printing:
   possible to get all the characters in an encoding to print by installing a
   new version of the Courier font family.
 
-- Multi-byte support - Currently VIM will try to convert multi-byte characters
+- Multi-byte support - Currently Vim will try to convert multi-byte characters
   to the 8-bit encoding specified by 'printencoding' (or latin1 if it is
   empty).  Any characters that are not successfully converted are shown as
-  unknown characters.  Printing will fail if VIM cannot convert the multi-byte
+  unknown characters.  Printing will fail if Vim cannot convert the multi-byte
   to the 8-bit encoding.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -434,11 +434,11 @@ you need to define your own PostScript font encoding vector.  Details on how
 to define a font encoding vector is beyond the scope of this help file, but
 you can find details in the PostScript Language Reference Manual, 3rd Edition,
 published by Addison-Wesley and available in PDF form at
-http://www.adobe.com/.  The following describes what you need to do for VIM to
+http://www.adobe.com/.  The following describes what you need to do for Vim to
 locate and use your print character encoding.
 
 i.   Decide on a unique name for your encoding vector, one that does not clash
-     with any of the recognized or standard encoding names that VIM uses (see
+     with any of the recognized or standard encoding names that Vim uses (see
      |encoding-names| for a list), and that no one else is likely to use.
 ii.  Copy $VIMRUNTIME/print/latin1.ps to the print subdirectory in your
      'runtimepath' and rename it with your unique name.
@@ -446,23 +446,23 @@ iii. Edit your renamed copy of latin1.ps, replacing all occurrences of latin1
      with your unique name (don't forget the line starting %%Title:), and
      modify the array of glyph names to define your new encoding vector.  The
      array must have exactly 256 entries or you will not be able to print!
-iv.  Within VIM, set 'printencoding' to your unique encoding name and then
-     print your file.  VIM will now use your custom print character encoding.
+iv.  Within Vim, set 'printencoding' to your unique encoding name and then
+     print your file.  Vim will now use your custom print character encoding.
 
-VIM will report an error with the resource file if you change the order or
+Vim will report an error with the resource file if you change the order or
 content of the first 3 lines, other than the name of the encoding on the line
 starting %%Title: or the version number on the line starting %%Version:.
 
-[Technical explanation for those that know PostScript - VIM looks for a file
+[Technical explanation for those that know PostScript - Vim looks for a file
 with the same name as the encoding it will use when printing.  The file
 defines a new PostScript Encoding resource called /VIM-name, where name is the
-print character encoding VIM will use.]
+print character encoding Vim will use.]
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. PostScript CJK Printing			*postscript-cjk-printing*
 							*E673* *E674* *E675*
 
-VIM supports printing of Chinese, Japanese, and Korean files.  Setting up VIM
+Vim supports printing of Chinese, Japanese, and Korean files.  Setting up Vim
 to correctly print CJK files requires setting up a few more options.
 
 Each of these countries has many standard character sets and encodings which
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ option allows you to specify different fonts to use when printing characters
 which are syntax highlighted with the font styles normal, italic, bold and
 bold-italic.
 
-No CJK fonts are supplied with VIM.  There are some free Korean, Japanese, and
+No CJK fonts are supplied with Vim.  There are some free Korean, Japanese, and
 Traditional Chinese fonts available at:
 
   http://examples.oreilly.com/cjkvinfo/adobe/samples/
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ CJK fonts can be large containing several thousand glyphs, and it is not
 uncommon to find that they only contain a subset of a national standard.  It
 is not unusual to find the fonts to not include characters for codes in the
 ASCII code range.  If you find half-width Roman characters are not appearing
-in your printout then you should configure VIM to use the Courier font the
+in your printout then you should configure Vim to use the Courier font the
 half-width ASCII characters with 'printmbfont'.  If your font does not include
 other characters then you will need to find another font that does.
 
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Another issue with ASCII characters, is that the various national character
 sets specify a couple of different glyphs in the ASCII code range.  If you
 print ASCII text using the national character set you may see some unexpected
 characters.  If you want true ASCII code printing then you need to configure
-VIM to output ASCII characters for the ASCII code range with 'printmbfont'.
+Vim to output ASCII characters for the ASCII code range with 'printmbfont'.
 
 It is possible to define your own multi-byte character set although this
 should not be attempted lightly.  A discussion on the process if beyond the
@@ -525,13 +525,13 @@ print job completing.
 There are a number of possible causes as to why the printing may have failed:
 
 - Wrong version of the prolog resource file.  The prolog resource file
-  contains some PostScript that VIM needs to be able to print.  Each version
-  of VIM needs one particular version.  Make sure you have correctly installed
+  contains some PostScript that Vim needs to be able to print.  Each version
+  of Vim needs one particular version.  Make sure you have correctly installed
   the runtime files, and don't have any old versions of a file called prolog
   in the print directory in your 'runtimepath' directory.
 
 - Paper size.  Some PostScript printers will abort printing a file if they do
-  not support the requested paper size.  By default VIM uses A4 paper.  Find
+  not support the requested paper size.  By default Vim uses A4 paper.  Find
   out what size paper your printer normally uses and set the appropriate paper
   size with 'printoptions'.  If you cannot find the name of the paper used,
   measure a sheet and compare it with the table of supported paper sizes listed
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ complex print document creation.
 
 N-UP PRINTING
 
-The psnup utility takes an existing PostScript file generated from VIM and
+The psnup utility takes an existing PostScript file generated from Vim and
 convert it to an n-up version.  The simplest way to create a 2-up printout is
 to first create a PostScript file with: >
 
@@ -724,16 +724,16 @@ There are a couple of points to bear in mind:
 ==============================================================================
 8. Formfeed Characters					*printing-formfeed*
 
-By default VIM does not do any special processing of |formfeed| control
-characters.  Setting the 'printoptions' formfeed item will make VIM recognize
+By default Vim does not do any special processing of |formfeed| control
+characters.  Setting the 'printoptions' formfeed item will make Vim recognize
 formfeed characters and continue printing the current line at the beginning
 of the first line on a new page.  The use of formfeed characters provides
 rudimentary print control but there are certain things to be aware of.
 
-VIM will always start printing a line (including a line number if enabled)
+Vim will always start printing a line (including a line number if enabled)
 containing a formfeed character, even if it is the first character on the
 line.  This means if a line starting with a formfeed character is the first
-line of a page then VIM will print a blank page.
+line of a page then Vim will print a blank page.
 
 Since the line number is printed at the start of printing the line containing
 the formfeed character, the remainder of the line printed on the new page
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ lines of a long line when wrap in 'printoptions' is enabled).
 
 If the formfeed character is the last character on a line, then printing will
 continue on the second line of the new page, not the first.  This is due to
-VIM processing the end of the line after the formfeed character and moving
+Vim processing the end of the line after the formfeed character and moving
 down a line to continue printing.
 
 Due to the points made above it is recommended that when formfeed character

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 06
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -425,7 +425,9 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 			which will indicate the command that produced the
 			quickfix list. This can be used to compose a custom
 			status line if the value of 'statusline' is adjusted
-			properly.
+			properly. Whenever this buffer is modified by a
+			quickfix command or function, the |b:changedtick|
+			variable is incremented.
 
 							*:lop* *:lopen*
 :lop[en] [height]	Open a window to show the location list for the
@@ -472,7 +474,11 @@ keep its height, ignoring 'winheight' and 'equalalways'.  You can change the
 height manually (e.g., by dragging the status line above it with the mouse).
 
 In the quickfix window, each line is one error.  The line number is equal to
-the error number.  You can use ":.cc" to jump to the error under the cursor.
+the error number.  The current entry is highlighted with the QuickFixLine
+highlighting.  You can change it to your liking, e.g.: >
+	:hi QuickFixLine ctermbg=Yellow guibg=Yellow
+
+You can use ":.cc" to jump to the error under the cursor.
 Hitting the <Enter> key or double-clicking the mouse on a line has the same
 effect.  The file containing the error is opened in the window above the
 quickfix window.  If there already is a window for that file, it is used

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Dec 16
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -920,6 +920,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'termbidi'	  'tbidi'   terminal takes care of bi-directionality
 'termencoding'	  'tenc'    character encoding used by the terminal
 'termguicolors'	  'tgc'     use GUI colors for the terminal
+'termkey'	  'tk'	    key that precedes a Vim command in a terminal
+'termsize'	  'tms'	    size of a terminal window
 'terse'			    shorten some messages
 'textauto'	  'ta'	    obsolete, use 'fileformats'
 'textmode'	  'tx'	    obsolete, use 'fileformat'
@@ -952,6 +954,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'viewdir'	  'vdir'    directory where to store files with :mkview
 'viewoptions'	  'vop'     specifies what to save for :mkview
 'viminfo'	  'vi'	    use .viminfo file upon startup and exiting
+'viminfofile'	  'vif'	    file name used for the viminfo file
 'virtualedit'	  've'	    when to use virtual editing
 'visualbell'	  'vb'	    use visual bell instead of beeping
 'warn'			    warn for shell command when buffer was changed
@@ -971,6 +974,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'winfixwidth'	  'wfw'     keep window width when opening/closing windows
 'winminheight'	  'wmh'     minimum number of lines for any window
 'winminwidth'	  'wmw'     minimal number of columns for any window
+'winptydll'		    name of the winpty dynamic library
 'winwidth'	  'wiw'     minimal number of columns for current window
 'wrap'			    long lines wrap and continue on the next line
 'wrapmargin'	  'wm'	    chars from the right where wrapping starts
@@ -1309,6 +1313,7 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 
 |:sfind|	:sf[ind] {file}		split window, find {file} in 'path'
 					   and edit it
+|:terminal|	:terminal {cmd}		open a terminal window
 |CTRL-W_]|	CTRL-W ]		split window and jump to tag under
 					   cursor
 |CTRL-W_f|	CTRL-W f		split window and edit file name under

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -63,53 +63,53 @@ versions of 'emacs' in the late 1970's and was relieved by finding 'vi' in the
 first UNIX I came across in 1983).  In my opinion, it's about time 'VIM'
 replace 'emacs' as the standard for top editors.  (Bo Thide', Sweden)
 
-I love and use VIM heavily too.  (Larry Wall)
+I love and use Vim heavily too.  (Larry Wall)
 
 Vi is like a Ferrari, if you're a beginner, it handles like a bitch, but once
 you get the hang of it, it's small, powerful and FAST! (Unknown)
-VIM is like a new model Ferrari, and sounds like one too - "VIIIIIIMMM!"
+Vim is like a new model Ferrari, and sounds like one too - "VIIIIIIMMM!"
 (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
 
-Schon bei Nutzung eines Bruchteils der VIM-Funktionen wird der Benutzer recht
+Schon bei Nutzung eines Bruchteils der Vim-Funktionen wird der Benutzer recht
 schnell die Vorzuege dieses Editors kennen- und schaetzenlernen.
-Translated: Even when only using a fraction of VIM-functions, the user will
+Translated: Even when only using a fraction of Vim-functions, the user will
 quickly get used to and appreciate the advantages of this editor.  (Garry
-Glendown, conclusion of an article on VIM in iX magazine 9/1998)
+Glendown, conclusion of an article on Vim in iX magazine 9/1998)
 
-I've recently acquired the O'Reilly book on VI (it also discusses VIM
+I've recently acquired the O'Reilly book on Vi (it also discusses Vim
 in-depth), and I'm amazed at just how powerful this application is.  (Jeffrey
 Rankin)
 
-This guide was written using the Windows 9.x distribution of GVIM, which is
+This guide was written using the Windows 9.x distribution of gvim, which is
 quite possibly the greatest thing to come along since God created the naked
 girl.  (Michael DiBernardo)
 
-Boy, I thought I knew almost everything about VIM, but every time I browse the
-online documentation, I hit upon a minor but cool aspect of a VIM feature that
+Boy, I thought I knew almost everything about Vim, but every time I browse the
+online documentation, I hit upon a minor but cool aspect of a Vim feature that
 I didn't know before!  I must say the documentation is one the finest I've
 ever seen in a product -- even better than most commercial products.
 (Gautam Mudunuri)
 
-VIM 4.5 is really a fantastic editor.  It has sooooo many features and more
+Vim 4.5 is really a fantastic editor.  It has sooooo many features and more
 importantly, the defaults are so well thought out that you really don't have
 to change anything!!  Words cannot express my amazement and gratitude to the
-creators of VIM.  Keep it up.  (Vikas, USA)
+creators of Vim.  Keep it up.  (Vikas, USA)
 
 I wonder how long it will be before people will refer to other Vi editors as
-VIM clones?  (Darren Hiebert)
+Vim clones?  (Darren Hiebert)
 
 I read about [auto-positioning-in-file-based-on-the-errors-from-make] in one
 of those "Perfect Programmer's Editor" threads and was delighted to discover
-that VIM already supports it.  (Brendan Macmillan, Australia)
+that Vim already supports it.  (Brendan Macmillan, Australia)
 
-I just discovered VIM (5.0) and I'm telling everyone I know about it!
-I tell them VIM stands for VI for the new (M)illenium.  Thanks so much!
+I just discovered Vim (5.0) and I'm telling everyone I know about it!
+I tell them Vim stands for Vi for the new (M)illenium.  Thanks so much!
 (Matt F. Valentine)
 
 I think from now on "vi" should be called "Vim Imitation", not the other way
 around.  (Rungun Ramanathan)
 
-The Law of VIM:
+The Law of Vim:
 For each member b of the possible behaviour space B of program P, there exists
 a finite time t before which at least one user u in the total user space U of
 program P will request b becomes a member of the allowed behaviour space B'
@@ -118,42 +118,42 @@ In other words: Sooner or later everyone wants everything as an option.
 (Negri)
 
 Whenever I move to a new computing platform, the first thing I do is to port
-VIM.  Lately, I am simply stunned by its ease of compilation using the
+Vim.  Lately, I am simply stunned by its ease of compilation using the
 configure facility.  (A.M. Sabuncu, Turkey)
 
 The options are really excellent and very powerful.  (Anish Maharaj)
 
 The Spring user-interface designs are in, and word from the boutiques is that
-80x24 text-only mode is back with a *vengeance! Vi editor clone VIM burst onto
+80x24 text-only mode is back with a *vengeance! Vi editor clone Vim burst onto
 March desk-tops with a dazzling show of pastel syntax highlights for its 5.0
-look.  Strident and customizable, VIM raises eyebrows with its interpretation
+look.  Strident and customizable, Vim raises eyebrows with its interpretation
 of the classic Vi single-key macro collection.
 http://www.ntk.net/index.cgi?back=archive98/now0327.txt&line=179#l
 
-I just wanted to take this opportunity to let you know that VIM 5 ROCKS!
+I just wanted to take this opportunity to let you know that Vim 5 ROCKS!
 Syntax highlighting: how did I survive without it?!  Thank you for creating
 mankind's best editor!  (Mun Johl, USA)
 
-Thanks again for VIM.  I use it every day on Linux.  (Eric Foster-Johnson,
+Thanks again for Vim.  I use it every day on Linux.  (Eric Foster-Johnson,
 author of the book "UNIX Programming Tools")
 
 The BEST EDITOR EVER (Stuart Woolford)
 
-I have used most of VIM's fancy features at least once, many frequently, and I
+I have used most of Vim's fancy features at least once, many frequently, and I
 can honestly say that I couldn't live with anything less anymore.  My
 productivity has easily doubled compared to what it was when I used vi.
 (Sitaram Chamarty)
 
-I luv VIM.  It is incredible.  I'm naming my first-born Vimberly.  (Jose
+I luv Vim.  It is incredible.  I'm naming my first-born Vimberly.  (Jose
 Unpingco, USA)
 
-Hint:  "VIM" is "vi improved" - much better! (Sven Guckes, Germany)
+Hint:  "Vim" is "vi improved" - much better! (Sven Guckes, Germany)
 
-I use VIM every day.  I spend more time in VIM than in any other program...
+I use Vim every day.  I spend more time in Vim than in any other program...
 It's the best vi clone there is.  I think it's great.  (Craig Sanders,
 Australia)
 
-I strongly advise using VIM--its infinite undo/redo saved me much grief.
+I strongly advise using Vim--its infinite undo/redo saved me much grief.
 (Terry Brown)
 
 Thanks very much for writing what in my opinion is the finest text editor on
@@ -163,98 +163,98 @@ the planet.  If I were to get another cat, I would name it "Vim".
 I typed :set all and the screen FILLED up with options.  A whole screen of
 things to be set and unset.  I saw some of my old friends like wrapmargin,
 modelines and showmode, but the screen was FILLED with new friends!   I love
-them all!   I love VIM!   I'm so happy that I've found this editor!  I feel
+them all!   I love Vim!   I'm so happy that I've found this editor!  I feel
 like how I once felt when I started using vi after a couple of years of using
 ed.  I never thought I'd forsake my beloved ed, but vi ... oh god, vi was
-great.  And now, VIM.  (Peter Jay Salzman, USA)
+great.  And now, Vim.  (Peter Jay Salzman, USA)
 
 I am really happy with such a wonderful software package.  Much better than
 almost any expensive, off the shelf program.  (Jeff Walker)
 
-Whenever I reread the VIM documentation I'm overcome with excitement at the
+Whenever I reread the Vim documentation I'm overcome with excitement at the
 power of the editor.  (William Edward Webber, Australia)
 
-Hurrah for VIM!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
+Hurrah for Vim!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
 that vi sorely needs: highlighting for executing commands on blocks, an easily
 navigable and digestible help screen, and more.  (Paul Pax)
 
 The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro anymore, is that I
-now use VIM - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
+now use Vim - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
 
-I am a user of VIM and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
+I am a user of Vim and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
 C++, HTML what ever.  (Tim Allwine)
 
-I discovered VIM after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
+I discovered Vim after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
 can't live without it anymore.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
 
-Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as VIM is around.  Besides,
+Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as Vim is around.  Besides,
 it also has the most detailed software documentation I have ever seen---much
 better than most commercial software!  (Leiming Qian)
 
-This version of VIM will just blow people apart when they discover just how
+This version of Vim will just blow people apart when they discover just how
 fantastic it is! (Tony Nugent, Australia)
 
-I took your advice & finally got VIM & I'm really impressed.  Instant convert.
+I took your advice & finally got Vim & I'm really impressed.  Instant convert.
 (Patrick Killelea, USA)
 
-VIM is by far my favorite piece of shareware and I have been particularly
+Vim is by far my favorite piece of shareware and I have been particularly
 pleased with version 3.0.  This is really a solid piece of work.  (Robert
 Colon, USA)
 
-VIM is a joy to use, it is so well thought and practical that I wonder why
-anybody would use visual development tools.  VIM is powerful and elegant, it
+Vim is a joy to use, it is so well thought and practical that I wonder why
+anybody would use visual development tools.  Vim is powerful and elegant, it
 looks deceptively simple but is almost as complex as a 747 (especially when I
-look at my growing .vimrc), keep up that wonderful job, VIM is a centerpiece
+look at my growing .vimrc), keep up that wonderful job, Vim is a centerpiece
 of the free software world.  (Louis-David Mitterand, USA)
 
-I cannot believe how great it is to use VIM.  I think the guys at work are
+I cannot believe how great it is to use Vim.  I think the guys at work are
 getting tired of hearing me bragging about it.  Others eyes are lighting up.
 (Rick Croote)
 
 Emacs takes way too much time to start up and run, it is too big and bulky for
-effective use and the interface is more confusing than it is of any help.  VIM
+effective use and the interface is more confusing than it is of any help.  Vim
 however is short, it is fast, it is powerful, it has a good interface and it
 is all purpose.  (Paal Ditlefsen Ekran)
 
-From the first time I got VIM3.0, I was very enthusiastic.  It has almost no
+From the first time I got Vim3.0, I was very enthusiastic.  It has almost no
 problems.  The swapfile handling and the backup possibilities are robust, also
 the protection against editing one file twice.  It is very compatible to the
 real VI (and that is a MUST, because my brain is trained over years in using
 it).  (Gert van Antwerpen, Holland)
 
-Visual mode in VIM is a very powerful thing! (Tony Nugent, Australia)
+Visual mode in Vim is a very powerful thing! (Tony Nugent, Australia)
 
-I have to say that VIM is =THE= single greatest piece of source code to ever
+I have to say that Vim is =THE= single greatest piece of source code to ever
 come across the net (Jim Battle, USA).
 
-In fact, if you do want to get a new vi I'd suggest VIM-3.0.  This is, by
+In fact, if you do want to get a new vi I'd suggest Vim-3.0.  This is, by
 far, the best version of vi I've ever seen (Albert W. Schueller).
 
-I should mention that VIM is a very good editor and can compete with anything
+I should mention that Vim is a very good editor and can compete with anything
 (Ilya Beloozerov).
 
 To tell the truth sometimes I used elvis, vile, xvi, calvin, etc.  And this is
-the reason that I can state that VIM is the best! (Ferenc Deak, Hungary)
+the reason that I can state that Vim is the best! (Ferenc Deak, Hungary)
 
-VIM is by far the best editor that I have used in a long time, and I have
+Vim is by far the best editor that I have used in a long time, and I have
 looked at just about every thing that is available for every platform that I
-use.  VIM is the best on all of them.  (Guy L. Oliver)
+use.  Vim is the best on all of them.  (Guy L. Oliver)
 
-VIM is the greatest editor since the stone chisel.  (Jose Unpingco, USA)
+Vim is the greatest editor since the stone chisel.  (Jose Unpingco, USA)
 
-I would like to say that with VIM I am finally making the 'emacs to vi'
+I would like to say that with Vim I am finally making the 'emacs to vi'
 transition - as an Editor it is so much better in many ways: keyboard layout,
 memory usage, text alteration to name 3.  (Mark Adam)
 
 In fact, now if I want to know what a particular setting does in vi, I fire up
-VIM and check out its help!  (Nikhil Patel, USA)
+Vim and check out its help!  (Nikhil Patel, USA)
 
-As a vi user, VIM has made working with text a far more pleasant task than
+As a vi user, Vim has made working with text a far more pleasant task than
 before I encountered this program.  (Steinar Knutsen, Norway)
 
-I use VIM since version 3.0.  Since that time, it is the ONLY editor I use,
-with Solaris, Linux and OS/2 Warp.  I suggest all my friends to use VIM, they
-try, and they continue using it.  VIM is really the best software I have ever
+I use Vim since version 3.0.  Since that time, it is the ONLY editor I use,
+with Solaris, Linux and OS/2 Warp.  I suggest all my friends to use Vim, they
+try, and they continue using it.  Vim is really the best software I have ever
 downloaded from the Internet, and the best editor I know of.  (Marco
 Eccettuato, Italy)
 

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 18
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Tell the remote server "BLA" to write all files and exit: >
     vim --servername BLA --remote-send '<C-\><C-N>:wqa<CR>'
 
 
-SERVER NAME
+SERVER NAME						*client-server-name*
 
 By default Vim will try to register the name under which it was invoked (gvim,
 egvim ...).  This can be overridden with the --servername argument.  If the

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 06
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ of area is used, see |visual-repeat|.
 ==============================================================================
 2. Multiple repeats					*multi-repeat*
 
-						*:g* *:global* *E147* *E148*
+						*:g* *:global* *E148*
 :[range]g[lobal]/{pattern}/[cmd]
 			Execute the Ex command [cmd] (default ":p") on the
 			lines within [range] where {pattern} matches.
@@ -79,8 +79,15 @@ The default for [range] is the whole buffer (1,$).  Use "CTRL-C" to interrupt
 the command.  If an error message is given for a line, the command for that
 line is aborted and the global command continues with the next marked or
 unmarked line.
+								*E147* 
+When the command is used recursively, it only works on one line.  Giving a
+range is then not allowed. This is useful to find all lines that match a
+pattern and do not match another pattern: >
+	:g/found/v/notfound/{cmd}
+This first finds all lines containing "found", but only executes {cmd} when
+there is no match for "notfound".
 
-To repeat a non-Ex command, you can use the ":normal" command: >
+To execute a non-Ex command, you can use the `:normal` command: >
 	:g/pat/normal {commands}
 Make sure that {commands} ends with a whole command, otherwise Vim will wait
 for you to type the rest of the command for each match.  The screen will not

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Vim uses a binary file format for spelling.  This greatly speeds up loading
 the word list and keeps it small.
 						    *.aff* *.dic* *Myspell*
 You can create a Vim spell file from the .aff and .dic files that Myspell
-uses.  Myspell is used by OpenOffice.org and Mozilla. The OpenOffice .oxt 
+uses.  Myspell is used by OpenOffice.org and Mozilla. The OpenOffice .oxt
 files are zip files which contain the .aff and .dic files. You should be able
 to find them here:
 	http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/dictionary
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ COMPOUNDSYLLABLE  (Hunspell)			*spell-COMPOUNDSYLLABLE*
 KEY		(Hunspell)				*spell-KEY*
 		Define characters that are close together on the keyboard.
 		Used to give better suggestions.  Not supported.
-		
+
 LANG		(Hunspell)				*spell-LANG*
 		This specifies language-specific behavior.  This actually
 		moves part of the language knowledge into the program,

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jan 15
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -140,11 +140,12 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 --noplugin	Skip loading plugins.  Resets the 'loadplugins' option.
 		{not in Vi}
 		Note that the |-u| argument may also disable loading plugins:
-			argument	load vimrc files	load plugins ~
-			(nothing)		yes		    yes
-			-u NONE			no		    no
-			-u NORC			no		    yes
-			--noplugin		yes		    no
+			argument   load: vimrc files  plugins  defaults.vim ~
+			(nothing)	     yes	yes	  yes
+			-u NONE		     no		no	  no
+			-u DEFAULTS	     no		no	  yes
+			-u NORC		     no		yes	  no
+			--noplugin	     yes	no	  yes
 
 --startuptime {fname}					*--startuptime*
 		During startup write timing messages to the file {fname}.
@@ -465,21 +466,30 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 --nofork	GUI: Do not fork.  Same as |-f|.
 							*-u* *E282*
 -u {vimrc}	The file {vimrc} is read for initializations.  Most other
-		initializations are skipped; see |initialization|.  This can
-		be used to start Vim in a special mode, with special
+		initializations are skipped; see |initialization|.
+
+		This can be used to start Vim in a special mode, with special
 		mappings and settings.  A shell alias can be used to make
 		this easy to use.  For example: >
 			alias vimc vim -u ~/.c_vimrc !*
 <		Also consider using autocommands; see |autocommand|.
+
 		When {vimrc} is equal to "NONE" (all uppercase), all
 		initializations from files and environment variables are
 		skipped, including reading the |gvimrc| file when the GUI
 		starts.  Loading plugins is also skipped.
+
 		When {vimrc} is equal to "NORC" (all uppercase), this has the
 		same effect as "NONE", but loading plugins is not skipped.
-		Using the "-u" argument has the side effect that the
-		'compatible' option will be on by default.  This can have
-		unexpected effects.  See |'compatible'|.
+
+		When {vimrc} is equal to "DEFAULTS" (all uppercase), this has
+		the same effect as "NONE", but the |defaults.vim| script is
+		loaded, which will also set 'nocompatible'.
+
+		Using the "-u" argument with another argument than DEFAULTS
+		has the side effect that the 'compatible' option will be on by
+		default.  This can have unexpected effects.  See
+		|'compatible'|.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 							*-U* *E230*
@@ -497,6 +507,13 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		":rv" or ":wv" are used.  See also |viminfo-file|.
 		{not in Vi}
 
+							*--clean*
+--clean		Equal to "-u DEFAULTS -i NONE":
+		- initializations from files and environment variables is
+		  skipped
+		- the |defaults.vim| script is loaded, which implies
+		  'nocompatible': use Vim defaults
+		- no viminfo file is read or written
 							*-x*
 -x		Use encryption to read/write files.  Will prompt for a key,
 		which is then stored in the 'key' option.  All writes will
@@ -868,6 +885,7 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	Loading plugins won't be done when:
 	- The 'loadplugins' option was reset in a vimrc file.
 	- The |--noplugin| command line argument is used.
+	- The |--clean| command line argument is used.
 	- The "-u NONE" command line argument is used |-u|.
 	- When Vim was compiled without the |+eval| feature.
 	Note that using "-c 'set noloadplugins'" doesn't work, because the
@@ -990,6 +1008,7 @@ starts its initializations.  But as soon as:
 - a vimrc file in the current directory, or
 - the "VIMINIT" environment variable is set, or
 - the "-N" command line argument is given, or
+- the "--clean" command line argument is given, or
   even when no vimrc file exists.
 - the |defaults.vim| script is loaded, or
 - gvimrc file was found,

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 06
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2138,6 +2138,16 @@ set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire.  Example: >
 	:let msql_minlines = 200
 
 
+N1QL						*n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
+
+N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
+Couchbase Server databases.
+
+Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
+and special values.  Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
+many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
+
+
 NCF						*ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
 
 There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
@@ -4689,6 +4699,7 @@ the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
 
 					*bold* *underline* *undercurl*
 					*inverse* *italic* *standout*
+					*nocombine*
 term={attr-list}			*attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
 	attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
 	following items (in any order):
@@ -4699,6 +4710,7 @@ term={attr-list}			*attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
 		inverse		same as reverse
 		italic
 		standout
+		nocombine	override attributes instead of combining them
 		NONE		no attributes used (used to reset it)
 
 	Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font.  They
@@ -4812,10 +4824,11 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	Example: >
 		:highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
 <	When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
-	'background' option will be adjusted automatically.  This causes the
-	highlight groups that depend on 'background' to change!  This means
-	you should set the colors for Normal first, before setting other
-	colors.
+	'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
+	condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
+	explicitly.  This causes the highlight groups that depend on
+	'background' to change!  This means you should set the colors for
+	Normal first, before setting other colors.
 	When a colorscheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
 	be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal).  First
 	delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
@@ -4981,10 +4994,11 @@ PmenuSbar	Popup menu: scrollbar.
 PmenuThumb	Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
 							*hl-Question*
 Question	|hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
+							*hl-QuickFixLine*
+QuickFixLine	Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
 							*hl-Search*
 Search		Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
-		Also used for highlighting the current line in the quickfix
-		window and similar items that need to stand out.
+		Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
 							*hl-SpecialKey*
 SpecialKey	Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
 		to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -746,7 +746,6 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'path'	options.txt	/*'path'*
 'pdev'	options.txt	/*'pdev'*
 'penc'	options.txt	/*'penc'*
-'perldll'	options.txt	/*'perldll'*
 'pex'	options.txt	/*'pex'*
 'pexpr'	options.txt	/*'pexpr'*
 'pfn'	options.txt	/*'pfn'*
@@ -935,6 +934,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_Co'	term.txt	/*'t_Co'*
 't_Cs'	term.txt	/*'t_Cs'*
 't_DL'	term.txt	/*'t_DL'*
+'t_EC'	term.txt	/*'t_EC'*
 't_EI'	term.txt	/*'t_EI'*
 't_F1'	term.txt	/*'t_F1'*
 't_F2'	term.txt	/*'t_F2'*
@@ -972,11 +972,15 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_PS'	term.txt	/*'t_PS'*
 't_RB'	term.txt	/*'t_RB'*
 't_RI'	term.txt	/*'t_RI'*
+'t_RS'	term.txt	/*'t_RS'*
 't_RV'	term.txt	/*'t_RV'*
+'t_SC'	term.txt	/*'t_SC'*
+'t_SH'	term.txt	/*'t_SH'*
 't_SI'	term.txt	/*'t_SI'*
 't_SR'	term.txt	/*'t_SR'*
 't_Sb'	term.txt	/*'t_Sb'*
 't_Sf'	term.txt	/*'t_Sf'*
+'t_VS'	term.txt	/*'t_VS'*
 't_WP'	term.txt	/*'t_WP'*
 't_WS'	term.txt	/*'t_WS'*
 't_ZH'	term.txt	/*'t_ZH'*
@@ -1064,6 +1068,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'termbidi'	options.txt	/*'termbidi'*
 'termencoding'	options.txt	/*'termencoding'*
 'termguicolors'	options.txt	/*'termguicolors'*
+'termkey'	options.txt	/*'termkey'*
+'termsize'	options.txt	/*'termsize'*
 'terse'	options.txt	/*'terse'*
 'textauto'	options.txt	/*'textauto'*
 'textmode'	options.txt	/*'textmode'*
@@ -1079,8 +1085,10 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'titlelen'	options.txt	/*'titlelen'*
 'titleold'	options.txt	/*'titleold'*
 'titlestring'	options.txt	/*'titlestring'*
+'tk'	options.txt	/*'tk'*
 'tl'	options.txt	/*'tl'*
 'tm'	options.txt	/*'tm'*
+'tms'	options.txt	/*'tms'*
 'to'	options.txt	/*'to'*
 'toolbar'	options.txt	/*'toolbar'*
 'toolbariconsize'	options.txt	/*'toolbariconsize'*
@@ -1124,7 +1132,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'vi'	options.txt	/*'vi'*
 'viewdir'	options.txt	/*'viewdir'*
 'viewoptions'	options.txt	/*'viewoptions'*
+'vif'	options.txt	/*'vif'*
 'viminfo'	options.txt	/*'viminfo'*
+'viminfofile'	options.txt	/*'viminfofile'*
 'virtualedit'	options.txt	/*'virtualedit'*
 'visualbell'	options.txt	/*'visualbell'*
 'vop'	options.txt	/*'vop'*
@@ -1161,6 +1171,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'winheight'	options.txt	/*'winheight'*
 'winminheight'	options.txt	/*'winminheight'*
 'winminwidth'	options.txt	/*'winminwidth'*
+'winptydll'	options.txt	/*'winptydll'*
 'winwidth'	options.txt	/*'winwidth'*
 'wiv'	options.txt	/*'wiv'*
 'wiw'	options.txt	/*'wiw'*
@@ -1309,6 +1320,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +tcl	various.txt	/*+tcl*
 +tcl/dyn	various.txt	/*+tcl\/dyn*
 +termguicolors	various.txt	/*+termguicolors*
++terminal	various.txt	/*+terminal*
 +terminfo	various.txt	/*+terminfo*
 +termresponse	various.txt	/*+termresponse*
 +textobjects	various.txt	/*+textobjects*
@@ -1344,6 +1356,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 -+rv	gui_x11.txt	/*-+rv*
 --	starting.txt	/*--*
 ---	starting.txt	/*---*
+--clean	starting.txt	/*--clean*
 --cmd	starting.txt	/*--cmd*
 --echo-wid	starting.txt	/*--echo-wid*
 --help	starting.txt	/*--help*
@@ -3098,6 +3111,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :tclfile	if_tcl.txt	/*:tclfile*
 :te	gui_w32.txt	/*:te*
 :tearoff	gui_w32.txt	/*:tearoff*
+:ter	terminal.txt	/*:ter*
+:terminal	terminal.txt	/*:terminal*
 :tf	tagsrch.txt	/*:tf*
 :tfirst	tagsrch.txt	/*:tfirst*
 :th	eval.txt	/*:th*
@@ -3526,6 +3541,8 @@ CTRL-V-alternative	gui_w32.txt	/*CTRL-V-alternative*
 CTRL-W	index.txt	/*CTRL-W*
 CTRL-W_+	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_+*
 CTRL-W_-	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_-*
+CTRL-W_.	terminal.txt	/*CTRL-W_.*
+CTRL-W_:	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_:*
 CTRL-W_<	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_<*
 CTRL-W_<BS>	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_<BS>*
 CTRL-W_<CR>	quickfix.txt	/*CTRL-W_<CR>*
@@ -3564,6 +3581,7 @@ CTRL-W_H	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_H*
 CTRL-W_J	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_J*
 CTRL-W_K	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_K*
 CTRL-W_L	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_L*
+CTRL-W_N	terminal.txt	/*CTRL-W_N*
 CTRL-W_P	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_P*
 CTRL-W_R	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_R*
 CTRL-W_S	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_S*
@@ -3591,6 +3609,7 @@ CTRL-W_n	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_n*
 CTRL-W_o	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_o*
 CTRL-W_p	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_p*
 CTRL-W_q	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_q*
+CTRL-W_quote	terminal.txt	/*CTRL-W_quote*
 CTRL-W_r	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_r*
 CTRL-W_s	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_s*
 CTRL-W_t	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_t*
@@ -4519,6 +4538,11 @@ E940	eval.txt	/*E940*
 E941	eval.txt	/*E941*
 E942	eval.txt	/*E942*
 E943	message.txt	/*E943*
+E944	pattern.txt	/*E944*
+E945	pattern.txt	/*E945*
+E946	terminal.txt	/*E946*
+E947	terminal.txt	/*E947*
+E948	terminal.txt	/*E948*
 E95	message.txt	/*E95*
 E96	diff.txt	/*E96*
 E97	diff.txt	/*E97*
@@ -4760,6 +4784,7 @@ TabNew	autocmd.txt	/*TabNew*
 Tcl	if_tcl.txt	/*Tcl*
 TermChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TermChanged*
 TermResponse	autocmd.txt	/*TermResponse*
+Terminal-mode	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-mode*
 TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
 TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 Transact-SQL	ft_sql.txt	/*Transact-SQL*
@@ -4800,6 +4825,7 @@ W18	syntax.txt	/*W18*
 W19	autocmd.txt	/*W19*
 W20	if_pyth.txt	/*W20*
 W21	if_pyth.txt	/*W21*
+W22	eval.txt	/*W22*
 WORD	motion.txt	/*WORD*
 WWW	intro.txt	/*WWW*
 Win32	os_win32.txt	/*Win32*
@@ -5396,6 +5422,7 @@ cinoptions-values	indent.txt	/*cinoptions-values*
 clear-undo	undo.txt	/*clear-undo*
 clearmatches()	eval.txt	/*clearmatches()*
 client-server	remote.txt	/*client-server*
+client-server-name	remote.txt	/*client-server-name*
 clientserver	remote.txt	/*clientserver*
 clipboard	gui.txt	/*clipboard*
 clipboard-autoselect	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselect*
@@ -6113,6 +6140,7 @@ ft-mathematica-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-mathematica-syntax*
 ft-mma-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-mma-syntax*
 ft-moo-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-moo-syntax*
 ft-msql-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-msql-syntax*
+ft-n1ql-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-n1ql-syntax*
 ft-nasm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-nasm-syntax*
 ft-ncf-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ncf-syntax*
 ft-nroff-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-nroff-syntax*
@@ -6569,6 +6597,7 @@ gs	various.txt	/*gs*
 gsp.vim	syntax.txt	/*gsp.vim*
 gstar	pattern.txt	/*gstar*
 gt	tabpage.txt	/*gt*
+gtk-css	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-css*
 gtk-tooltip-colors	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-tooltip-colors*
 gu	change.txt	/*gu*
 gugu	change.txt	/*gugu*
@@ -6738,6 +6767,7 @@ hl-PmenuSbar	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuSbar*
 hl-PmenuSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuSel*
 hl-PmenuThumb	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuThumb*
 hl-Question	syntax.txt	/*hl-Question*
+hl-QuickFixLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-QuickFixLine*
 hl-Scrollbar	syntax.txt	/*hl-Scrollbar*
 hl-Search	syntax.txt	/*hl-Search*
 hl-SignColumn	syntax.txt	/*hl-SignColumn*
@@ -7354,6 +7384,7 @@ mzscheme-vim	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-vim*
 mzscheme-vimext	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-vimext*
 mzscheme-window	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-window*
 n	pattern.txt	/*n*
+n1ql.vim	syntax.txt	/*n1ql.vim*
 nasm.vim	syntax.txt	/*nasm.vim*
 navigation	motion.txt	/*navigation*
 nb-commands	netbeans.txt	/*nb-commands*
@@ -7697,6 +7728,7 @@ no-type-checking	eval.txt	/*no-type-checking*
 no_buffers_menu	gui.txt	/*no_buffers_menu*
 no_mail_maps	filetype.txt	/*no_mail_maps*
 no_plugin_maps	filetype.txt	/*no_plugin_maps*
+nocombine	syntax.txt	/*nocombine*
 non-greedy	pattern.txt	/*non-greedy*
 non-zero-arg	eval.txt	/*non-zero-arg*
 none-variable	eval.txt	/*none-variable*
@@ -8514,11 +8546,14 @@ t_AL	term.txt	/*t_AL*
 t_BD	term.txt	/*t_BD*
 t_BE	term.txt	/*t_BE*
 t_CS	term.txt	/*t_CS*
+t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
+t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-\\_CTRL-N*
 t_CV	term.txt	/*t_CV*
 t_Ce	term.txt	/*t_Ce*
 t_Co	term.txt	/*t_Co*
 t_Cs	term.txt	/*t_Cs*
 t_DL	term.txt	/*t_DL*
+t_EC	term.txt	/*t_EC*
 t_EI	term.txt	/*t_EI*
 t_F1	term.txt	/*t_F1*
 t_F2	term.txt	/*t_F2*
@@ -8556,11 +8591,15 @@ t_PE	term.txt	/*t_PE*
 t_PS	term.txt	/*t_PS*
 t_RB	term.txt	/*t_RB*
 t_RI	term.txt	/*t_RI*
+t_RS	term.txt	/*t_RS*
 t_RV	term.txt	/*t_RV*
+t_SC	term.txt	/*t_SC*
+t_SH	term.txt	/*t_SH*
 t_SI	term.txt	/*t_SI*
 t_SR	term.txt	/*t_SR*
 t_Sb	term.txt	/*t_Sb*
 t_Sf	term.txt	/*t_Sf*
+t_VS	term.txt	/*t_VS*
 t_WP	term.txt	/*t_WP*
 t_WS	term.txt	/*t_WS*
 t_ZH	term.txt	/*t_ZH*
@@ -8773,9 +8812,26 @@ temp-file-name	eval.txt	/*temp-file-name*
 tempfile	change.txt	/*tempfile*
 template	autocmd.txt	/*template*
 tempname()	eval.txt	/*tempname()*
+term++close	terminal.txt	/*term++close*
+term++open	terminal.txt	/*term++open*
 term-dependent-settings	term.txt	/*term-dependent-settings*
 term-list	syntax.txt	/*term-list*
 term.txt	term.txt	/*term.txt*
+term_getaltscreen()	eval.txt	/*term_getaltscreen()*
+term_getattr()	eval.txt	/*term_getattr()*
+term_getcursor()	eval.txt	/*term_getcursor()*
+term_getjob()	eval.txt	/*term_getjob()*
+term_getline()	eval.txt	/*term_getline()*
+term_getscrolled()	eval.txt	/*term_getscrolled()*
+term_getsize()	eval.txt	/*term_getsize()*
+term_getstatus()	eval.txt	/*term_getstatus()*
+term_gettitle()	eval.txt	/*term_gettitle()*
+term_gettty()	eval.txt	/*term_gettty()*
+term_list()	eval.txt	/*term_list()*
+term_scrape()	eval.txt	/*term_scrape()*
+term_sendkeys()	eval.txt	/*term_sendkeys()*
+term_start()	eval.txt	/*term_start()*
+term_wait()	eval.txt	/*term_wait()*
 termcap	term.txt	/*termcap*
 termcap-changed	version4.txt	/*termcap-changed*
 termcap-colors	term.txt	/*termcap-colors*
@@ -8783,11 +8839,17 @@ termcap-cursor-color	term.txt	/*termcap-cursor-color*
 termcap-cursor-shape	term.txt	/*termcap-cursor-shape*
 termcap-options	term.txt	/*termcap-options*
 termcap-title	term.txt	/*termcap-title*
+terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
 terminal-colors	os_unix.txt	/*terminal-colors*
+terminal-debug	terminal.txt	/*terminal-debug*
+terminal-functions	usr_41.txt	/*terminal-functions*
 terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
 terminal-key-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-key-codes*
 terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
 terminal-output-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-output-codes*
+terminal-testing	terminal.txt	/*terminal-testing*
+terminal-use	terminal.txt	/*terminal-use*
+terminal.txt	terminal.txt	/*terminal.txt*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 11
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_vb	visual bell					*t_vb* *'t_vb'*
 	t_ve	cursor visible					*t_ve* *'t_ve'*
 	t_vi	cursor invisible				*t_vi* *'t_vi'*
-	t_vs	cursor very visible				*t_vs* *'t_vs'*
+	t_vs	cursor very visible (blink)			*t_vs* *'t_vs'*
 								*t_xs* *'t_xs'*
 	t_xs	if non-empty, standout not erased by overwriting (hpterm)
 								*t_xn* *'t_xn'*
@@ -315,7 +315,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_IE	set icon text end				*t_IE* *'t_IE'*
 	t_WP	set window position (Y, X) in pixels		*t_WP* *'t_WP'*
 	t_GP	get window position (Y, X) in pixels		*t_GP* *'t_GP'*
-	t_WS	set window size (height, width) in characters	*t_WS* *'t_WS'*
+	t_WS	set window size (height, width in cells)	*t_WS* *'t_WS'*
+	t_VS	cursor normally visible (no blink)		*t_VS* *'t_VS'*
 	t_SI	start insert mode (bar cursor shape)		*t_SI* *'t_SI'*
 	t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)	*t_SR* *'t_SR'*
 	t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)	*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
@@ -333,6 +334,28 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|xterm-bracketed-paste|
 	t_BD	disable bracketed paste mode			*t_BD* *'t_BD'*
 		|xterm-bracketed-paste|
+	t_SC	set cursor color start				*t_SC* *'t_SC'*
+	t_EC	set cursor color end				*t_EC* *'t_EC'*
+	t_SH	set cursor shape				*t_SH* *'t_SH'*
+	t_RS	request terminal cursor style			*t_RS* *'t_RS'*
+
+Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
+by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
+	set title text:     t_ts {title text} t_fs
+	set icon text:      t_IS {icon text} t_IE
+	set cursor color:   t_SC  {color name}  t_EC
+
+t_SH must take one argument:
+	0, 1 or none  	blinking block cursor
+	2	      	block cursor
+	3		blinking underline cursor
+	4		underline cursor
+	5		blinking vertical bar cursor
+	6		vertical bar cursor
+
+t_RS is sent only if the response to t_RV has been received.  It is not used
+on Mac OS when Terminal.app could be recognized from the termresponse.
+
 
 KEY CODES						*terminal-key-codes*
 Note: Use the <> form if possible

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 26
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+Terminal window support					*terminal*
+
+
+WARNING: THIS IS ONLY PARTLY IMPLEMENTED, ANYTHING CAN STILL CHANGE
+
+The terminal feature is optional, use this to check if your Vim has it: >
+	echo has('terminal')
+If the result is "1" you have it.
+
+
+1. Basic use			|terminal-use|
+2. Remote testing		|terminal-testing|
+3. Debugging			|terminal-debug|
+
+{Vi does not have any of these commands}
+{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+The terminal feature requires the |+multi_byte|, |+job| and |+channel| features.
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Basic use						*terminal-use*
+
+This feature is for running a terminal emulator in a Vim window.  A job can be
+started connected to the terminal emulator. For example, to run a shell: >
+     :term bash
+
+Or to run a debugger: >
+     :term gdb vim
+
+The job runs asynchronously from Vim, the window will be updated to show
+output from the job, also  while editing in any other window.
+
+
+Typing ~
+
+When the keyboard focus is in the terminal window, typed keys will be sent to
+the job.  This uses a pty when possible.  You can click outside of the
+terminal window to move keyboard focus elsewhere.
+
+CTRL-W can be used to navigate between windows and other CTRL-W commands, e.g.:
+	CTRL-W CTRL-W 	move focus to the next window
+	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
+See |CTRL-W| for more commands.
+
+Special in the terminal window:			*CTRL-W_.*  *CTRL-W_N* 
+	CTRL-W .	send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal
+	CTRL-W N	go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode|
+	CTRL-\ CTRL-N   go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode|
+	CTRL-W " {reg}  paste register {reg}		*CTRL-W_quote*
+			Also works with the = register to insert the result of
+			evaluating an expression.
+	CTRL-W CTRL-C	ends the job, see below |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
+
+See option 'termkey' for specifying another key instead of CTRL-W that
+will work like CTRL-W.  However, typing 'termkey' twice sends 'termkey' to
+the job.  For example:
+	'termkey' CTRL-W    move focus to the next window
+	'termkey' :	    enter an Ex command
+	'termkey' 'termkey' send 'termkey' to the job in the terminal
+	'termkey' .	    send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal
+	'termkey' N  	    go to terminal Normal mode, see below
+	'termkey' CTRL-N    same as CTRL-W N
+	'termkey' CTRL-C    same as |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
+							*t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N*
+The special key combination CTRL-\ CTRL-N can be used to switch to Normal
+mode, just like this works in any other mode.
+							*t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
+CTRL-W CTRL-C can be typed to forcefully end the job.  On MS-Windows a
+CTRL-BREAK will also kill the job.
+
+If you type CTRL-C the effect depends on what the pty has been configured to
+do.  For simple commands this causes a SIGINT to be sent to the job, which
+would end it.  Other commands may ignore the SIGINT or handle the CTRL-C
+themselves (like Vim does).
+
+
+Size and color ~
+
+See option 'termsize' for controlling the size of the terminal window.
+(TODO: scrolling when the terminal is larger than the window)
+
+The terminal uses the 'background' option to decide whether the terminal
+window will start with a white or black background.  The job running in the
+terminal can change the colors.
+
+
+Syntax ~
+
+:[range]ter[minal] [options] [command]			*:ter* *:terminal*
+			Open a new terminal window.
+
+			If [command] is provided run it as a job and connect
+			the input and output to the terminal.
+			If [command] is not given the 'shell' option is used.
+			if [command] is NONE no job is started, the pty of the
+			terminal can be used by a command like gdb.
+
+			A new buffer will be created, using [command] or
+			'shell' as the name, prefixed with a "!".  If a buffer
+			by this name already exists a number is added in
+			parentheses.  E.g. if "gdb" exists the second terminal
+			buffer will use "!gdb (1)".
+
+			If [range] is given the specified lines are used as
+			input for the job.  It will not be possible to type
+			keys in the terminal window.
+
+			Two comma separated numbers are used as "rows,cols".
+			E.g. `:24,80gdb` opens a terminal with 24 rows and 80
+			columns.  However, if the terminal window spans the
+			Vim window with, there is no vertical split, the Vim
+			window width is used.
+						*term++close* *term++open*
+			Supported [options] are:
+			++close		The terminal window will close
+					automatically when the job terminates.
+			++open		When the job terminates and no window
+					shows it, a window will be opened.
+					Note that this can be interruptive.
+			++curwin	Open the terminal in the current
+					window, do not split the current
+					window.  Fails if the current buffer
+					cannot be |abandon|ed.
+			++hidden	Open the terminal in a hidden buffer,
+					no window will be used.
+			++rows={height} Use {height} for the terminal window
+					height.
+			++cols={width}  Use {width} for the terminal window
+					width.
+
+			If you want to use more options use the |term_start()|
+			function.
+
+When the buffer associated with the terminal is unloaded or wiped out the job
+is killed, similar to calling `job_stop(job, "kill")`
+
+By default the 'bufhidden' option of the buffer will be set to "hide".
+So long as the job is running: If the window is closed the buffer becomes
+hidden.  The command will not be stopped.  The `:buffer` command can be used
+to turn the current window into a terminal window.  If there are unsaved
+changes this fails, use ! to force, as usual.
+
+To have a background job run without a window, and open the window when it's
+done, use options like this: >
+	:term ++hidden ++open make
+Note that the window will open at an unexpected moment, this will interrupt
+what you are doing.
+
+							*E947* *E948*
+So long as the job is running, the buffer is considered modified and Vim
+cannot be quit easily, see |abandon|.
+
+When the job has finished and no changes were made to the buffer: closing the
+window will wipe out the buffer.
+
+Before changes can be made to a terminal buffer, the 'modifiable' option must
+be set.  This is only possible when the job has finished.  At the first change
+the buffer will become a normal buffer and the highlighting is removed.
+You may want to change the buffer name with |:file| to be able to write, since
+the buffer name will still be set to the command.
+
+
+Resizing ~
+
+The size of the terminal can be in one of three modes:
+
+1. The 'termsize' option is empty: The terminal size follows the window size.
+   The minimal size is 2 screen lines with 10 cells.
+
+2. The 'termsize' option is "rows*cols", where "rows" is the minimal number of
+   screen rows and "cols" is the minimal number of cells.
+
+3. The 'termsize' option is "rowsXcols" (where the x is upper or lower case).
+   The terminal size is fixed to the specified number of screen lines and
+   cells.  If the window is bigger there will be unused empty space.
+
+If the window is smaller than the terminal size, only part of the terminal can
+be seen (the lower-left part).
+
+The |term_getsize()| function can be used to get the current size of the
+terminal.  |term_setsize()| can be used only when in the first or second mode,
+not when 'termsize' is "rowsXcols".
+
+
+Terminal-Job and Terminal-Normal mode ~
+							*Terminal-mode*
+When the job is running the contents of the terminal is under control of the
+job.  That includes the cursor position.  Typed keys are sent to the job.
+The terminal contents can change at any time.  This is called Terminal-Job
+mode.
+
+Use CTRL-W N (or 'termkey' N) to switch to Terminal-Normal mode.  Now the
+contents of the terminal window is under control of Vim, the job output is
+suspended.  CTRL-\ CTRL-N does the same.
+							*E946*
+In Terminal-Normal mode you can move the cursor around with the usual Vim
+commands, Visually mark text, yank text, etc.  But you cannot change the
+contents of the buffer.  The commands that would start insert mode, such as
+'i' and 'a', return to Terminal-Job mode.  The window will be updated to show
+the contents of the terminal.
+
+In Terminal-Normal mode the statusline and window title show "(Terminal)".  If
+the job ends while in Terminal-Normal mode this changes to
+"(Terminal-finished)".
+
+It is not possible to enter Insert mode from Terminal-Job mode.
+
+
+Cursor style ~
+
+By default the cursor in the terminal window uses a not blinking block.  The
+normal xterm escape sequences can be used to change the blinking state and the
+shape.  Once focus leaves the terminal window Vim will restore the original
+cursor.
+
+An exception is when xterm is started with the "-bc" argument, or another way
+that causes the cursor to blink.  This actually means that the blinking flag
+is inverted.  Since Vim cannot detect this, the terminal window cursor
+blinking will also be inverted.
+
+
+Unix ~
+
+On Unix a pty is used to make it possible to run all kinds of commands.  You
+can even run Vim in the terminal!  That's used for debugging, see below.
+
+Environment variables are used to pass information to the running job:
+    TERM		name of the terminal, 'term'
+    ROWS		number of rows in the terminal initially
+    LINES		same as ROWS
+    COLUMNS		number of columns in the terminal initially
+    COLORS		number of colors, 't_Co' (256*256*256 in the GUI)
+    VIM_SERVERNAME	v:servername
+
+The |client-server| feature can be used to communicate with the Vim instance
+where the job was started.  This only works when v:servername is not empty.
+If needed you can set it with: >
+	call remote_startserver('vim-server')
+
+In the job you can then do something like: >
+	vim --servername $VIM_SERVERNAME --remote +123 some_file.c
+This will open the file "some_file.c" and put the cursor on line 123.
+
+
+MS-Windows ~
+
+On MS-Windows winpty is used to make it possible to run all kind of commands.
+Obviously, they must be commands that run in a terminal, not open their own
+window.
+
+You need the following two files from winpty:
+
+    winpty.dll
+    winpty-agent.exe
+
+You can download them from the following page:
+
+    https://github.com/rprichard/winpty
+
+Just put the files somewhere in your PATH.  You can set the 'winptydll' option
+to point to the right file, if needed.  If you have both the 32-bit and 64-bit
+version, rename to winpty32.dll and winpty64.dll to match the way Vim was
+build.
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Remote testing					*terminal-testing*
+
+Most Vim tests execute a script inside Vim.  For some tests this does not
+work, running the test interferes with the code being tested.  To avoid this
+Vim is executed in a terminal window.  The test sends keystrokes to it and
+inspects the resulting screen state.
+
+Functions ~
+
+term_sendkeys()		send keystrokes to a terminal
+term_wait()		wait for screen to be updated
+term_scrape()		inspect terminal screen
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Debugging					*terminal-debug*
+
+The Terminal debugging plugin can be used to debug a program with gdb and view
+the source code in a Vim window.
+
+Load the plugin with this command: >
+	packadd termdebug
+
+To start debugging use `:TermDebug` folowed by the command name, for example: >
+	:TermDebug vim
+
+This opens two windows:
+- A terminal window in which "gdb vim" is executed.  Here you can directly
+  interact with gdb.
+- A terminal window for the executed program.  When "run" is used in gdb the
+  program I/O will happen in this window, so that it does not interfere with
+  controlling gdb.
+The current window is used to show the source code.  When gdb jumps to a
+source file location this window will display the code, if possible.  Values
+of variables can be inspected, breakpoints set and cleared, etc.
+
+When the debugger ends the two opened windows are closed.
+
+
+Customizing ~
+
+g:debugger	The debugger command.  Default "gdb".
+
+
+TODO
+
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 27
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,15 +35,32 @@ entered there will not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+No maintainer for Vietnamese translations.
+No maintainer for Simplified Chinese translations.
+
+
+Terminal emulator window:
+- Lots of stuff to implement, see src/terminal.c
+- Add debugger interface.  Implementation for gdb by Xavier de Gaye.  Should
+  work like an IDE.  Try to keep it generic.  Now found here:
+    http://clewn.sf.net.
+  Can this replace Agide?  http://www.a-a-p.org/images/debugfull.png
+    - make showballoon() work in a terminal.  Requires getting mouse-move
+      events.
+    - send 'balloonText' events for the cursor position (using CursorHold ?)
+      in terminal mode.
+    - Implement the right-click popup menu for the terminal. Can use the
+      completion popup menu code and mouse dragging.
+- Look into the idevim plugin/script.
+- Related wishes for NetBeans commands:
+    - make it possible to have 'defineAnnoType' also handle terminal colors.
+
 +channel:
-- When redrawing for the channel buffer, command line completion is cleared.
-  (Ramel Eshed, 2017 May 4)
 - Try out background make plugin: 
   https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
-- Add 'cwd' argument to start_job(): directory to change to in the child.
-    check for valid directory before forking.
-  Part of patch for environment, Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1160
+- Writing raw mode to a buffer should still handle NL characters as line
+  breaks. (Dmitry Zotikov, 2017 Aug 16)
 - When out_cb executes :sleep, the close_cb may be invoked. (Daniel Hahler,
   2016 Dec 11, #1320)
 - Implement |job-term| ?
@@ -58,7 +75,7 @@ entered there will not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
   Feb 9)  How to do this on MS-Windows?
 - For connection to server, a "keep open" flag would be useful.  Retry
   connecting in the main loop with zero timeout.
-- job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal.
+- job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal (not a terminal window).
     With xterm could use -S{pty}.
     Although user could use "xterm -e 'cmd arg'".
 
@@ -101,94 +118,191 @@ Regexp problems:
   col and vcol when moving to another line.
 - this doesn't work: "syntax match ErrorMsg /.\%9l\%>20c\&\%<28c/".  Leaving
   out the \& works.  Seems any column check after \& fails.
-- The pattern "\1" with the old engine gives E65, with the new engine it
-  matches the empty string. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Oct 2, Nov 24)
-  had_endbrace[] is set but not initialized or used.
 - Difference between two engines: ".*\zs\/\@>\/" on text "///"
   (Chris Paul, 2016 Nov 13)  New engine not greedy enough?
   Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
   (2017 May 15, #1252)
 
+Patch to turn test80 into a new style test. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2017 Aug 20)
+
+Include a few color schemes, based on popularity:
+http://www.vim.org/scripts/script_search_results.php?keywords=&script_type=color+scheme&order_by=rating&direction=descending&search=search
+http://vimawesome.com/?q=tag:color-scheme
+Use names that indicate their appearnce (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 3)
+- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4)
+- seoul256 - Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
+- gruvbox -  Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
+- janah - Marco Hinz (2017 Aug 4)
+- apprentice - Romain Lafourcade (2017 Aug 6)  remarks about help file #1964
+Suggested by Hiroki Kokubun:
+- [Iceberg](https://github.com/cocopon/iceberg.vim) (my one)
+- [hybrid](https://github.com/w0ng/vim-hybrid)
+
+When starting with --clean packages under "start" are not loaded.  Make this
+work:  :packadd START {name}  similar to :runtime START name
+
+When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
+with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
+
+After 8.0.0962 pasting leaves the cursor in another position. (Ken Takata,
+2017 Aug 23, #2015) Also (zdm, 2017 Aug 23)
+
+Patch to add quickfix list identifier. (Yegappan, 2017 Aug 15)
+
+Mac Terminal.app: ctermbg=15 gives light grey instead of white.
+ctermbg=256 breaks clearing till end of the line.  Both work fine in xterm.
+
+Patch to avoid editing a file in the session file twice. (Christian Brabandt,
+2017 Aug 21)  #1958
+
 With foldmethod=syntax and nofoldenable comment highlighting isn't removed.
 (Marcin Szewczyk, 2017 Apr 26)
 
-Patch for Murphy filetype detection. (Matthew Fernandez, 2017 May 17)
+Using 'wildignore' also applies to literally entered file name.  Also with
+:drop (remote commands).
 
-ZoomWin plugin ratings went down a lot.  Bot problem? (Charles Campbell, 2017
-May 18)
+ml_get error when using a Python. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jun 1, #1737)
+Lemonboy can reproduce (2017 Jun 5)
 
 ml_get errors with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30)
 
 Error in emsg with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30)
 
-Patch to update 'runtimepath' earlier. (Ingo Karkat, 2017 May 5, #1680)
+Test runtime files.
+Start with filetype detection: testdir/test_filetype.vim
 
-Patch to make float2nr() more accurate. (Hirohito Higashi, 2017 May 7, #1688)
+Patch to support on-the-spot and over-the-spot input method. (Ken Takata, 2017
+Feb 14).  Also see #1215.
 
-Patch to make :hardcopy handle spaces correctly. (Christian Brabandt, 2017 May
-7, #1682)
+Patch to ignore case when 'diffopt' has "icase" for finding the difference
+inside a line. (Rick Howe, 2017 Aug 21, 22 with test)
+
+Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
+2013 Jul 30)  Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
+Update mentioned by Christian, 2016 Apr 25.
+Update from Ken Takata, 2017 Aug 23.
+
+Patch to add setbufline(). (email from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, patch by Ozaki
+Kiichi, 2016 Feb 28)
+Update Mar 8: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98
+Update Mar 13: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98
+Update Aug 2017: #1953
+
+Patch to fix indenting for raw C++ string. (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 24,
+#2019)
 
 Add options_default() / options_restore() to set several options to Vim
 defaults for a plugin. Comments from Zyx, 2017 May 10.
 Perhaps use a vimcontext / endvimcontext command block.
 
-Patch to recognize 'bg' detection. (Lemonboy, 2017 May 18, #1710)
+Patch to fix bogus characters inserted in visual-block append. (Christian
+Brabandt, 2017 Aug 23)
 
-Patch to recognize 1.0 as a whole as a float. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2017 May
-11)
+Illegal memory access, requires ASAN to see. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jul 28)
+Still happens (2017 Jul 9)
+
+When bracketed paste is used, pasting at the ":append" prompt does not get the
+line breaks. (Ken Takata, 2017 Aug 22)
+
+This example in the help does not work (Andy Wokula, 2017 Aug 20):
+    augroup mine | au! BufRead | augroup END
+
+Memory leak in test_arabic.
+
+Include Haiku port? (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
+It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
+Now on github: #1856.  Is now up-to-date?
+Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
+
+Refactored HTML indent file. (Michael Lee, #1821)
+
+Using uninitialized value in test_crypt.
+
+Test_writefile_fails_conversion failure on Solaris because if different iconv
+behavior.  Skip when "uname" returns "SunOS"? (Pavel Heimlich, #1872)
+
+All functions are global, which makes functions like get() and len() awkward.
+For the future use the ~get() and ~len() syntax, e.g.:
+    mylist~get(idx)
+    mydict~get(idx)
+    mystring~len()
+Alternatives for ~:
+    ^  list^get()    could also be used
+    .  list.get()    already means concatenate
+    $  list$get()    harder to read
+    @  list@get()    harder to read
+    ->  list->get()  two characters, used for lambda
+
+The ++ options for the :edit command are also useful on the Vim command line.
+
+X11: Putting more than about 262040 characters of text on the clipboard and
+pasting it in another Vim doesn't work.  (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Aug 21-23)
+clip_x11_request_selection_cb() is called with zero value and length.
+Also: Get an error message from free() in the process that owns the selection.
+Seems to happen when the selection is requested the second time, but before
+clip_x11_convert_selection_cb() is invoked, thus in X library code.
+Kazunobu Kuriyama is working on a proper fix. (2017 Jul 25)
 
 Problem with three-piece comment. (Michael Lee, 2017 May 11, #1696)
 
+Creating a partial with an autoload function is confused about the "self"
+attribute of the function.  For an unknown function assume "self" and make
+that optiona? (Bjorn Linse, 2017 Aug 5)
+
+Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
+Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results.  E.g., type "b_" in
+terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
+Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
+(Also #1890)
+
+Python: After "import vim" error messages only show the first line of the
+stack trace. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jul 28, #1887)
+
 When checking if a bufref is valid, also check the buffer number, to catch the
 case of :bwipe followed by :new.
 
-Files for Latvian language. (Vitolins, 2017 May 3, #1675)
+Patch to skip writing a temp file for diffing if the buffer is equal to the
+existing file. (Akria Sheng, 2017 Jul 22)
+Could also skip writing lines that are the same.
 
-Adding a filetype in a "start" package is not picked up as expected.
-(comment by Ingo Karkat, #1679)
-Patch for a fix, Ingo Karkat, #1693.
+Patch with Files for Latvian language. (Vitolins, 2017 May 3, #1675)
 
-Patch to fix character class detection in NFA engine.
-(James McCoy, 2017 May 12, update May 24, #1703)
+MS-Windows: Opening same file in a second gvim hangs. (Sven Bruggemann, 2017
+Jul 4)
 
 Setting 'clipboard' to "unnamed" makes a global command very slow (Daniel
 Drucker, 2017 May 8).
 This was supposed to be fixed, did it break again somehow?
 Christian cannot reproduce it.
 
+Using composing char in mapping does not work properly. maparg() shows the
+wrong thing. (Nikolai Pavlov, 2017 Jul 8, #1827)
+Or is this not an actual problem?
+
 Better TeX indent file. (Christian Brabandt, 2017 May 3)
 
 Openhab syntax file (mueller, #1678)
 
-Followup patch for 8.0.0590 for "context" in locations. (Yegappan, 2017 May 4)
+Patch to use a separate code for BS on Windows. (Linwei, #1823)
 
 Use gvimext.dll from the nightly build? (Issue #249)
 
-Patch to remove HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD-relevant code. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2017 May
-5) Update May 11
+'synmaxcol' works with bytes instead of screen cells. (Llandon, 2017 May 31,
+#1736)
 
 Problem with using :cd when remotely editing a file. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2017 May
 8, #1690)
 
-'equalalways' only works for one column. (Glacambre, 2017 May 15, #1707)
-
 Include solarized color scheme?
 
-Updates to GTK help. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2017 May 4)
-
 Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
 manager.  Problem with Motif?
 
 Bogus characters inserted when triggering indent while changing text.
 (Vitor Antunes, 2016 Nov 22, #1269)
 
-Patch to have ":stag" respect 'switchbuf'. (Ingo Karkat, 2017 May 5, #1681)
-
-Wrong selection of quoted text (Guraga, #1687)
-Patch to fix selection of quoted text. (Christian Brabandt, 2017 May 7, #1687)
-
-Patch to use separate error message for regex range. (Itchyny, Ken Hamada,
-2017 May 16)
+Using "wviminfo /tmp/viminfo" does not store file marks that Vim knows about,
+it only works when merging with an existing file.  (Shougo, 2017 Jun 19, #1781)
 
 Segmentation fault with complete(). (Lifepillar, 2017 Apr 29, #1668)
 Check for "pat" to be NULL in search_for_exact_line()?
@@ -197,16 +311,13 @@ How did it get NULL?  Comment by Christian, Apr 30.
 Is it possible to keep the complete menu open when calling complete()?
 (Prabir Shrestha, 2017 May 19, #1713)
 
-Calling may_req_ambiguous_char_width() and may_req_bg_color() only after
-executing command line commands may not work properly.
-Set "starting" to 0 earlier, and move the may_req calls above exe_commands()?
-(Rastislav Barlink, 2017 May 18)
-
 Memory leak in test97?  The string is actually freed.  Weird.
 
-Patch for shellescape(). (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Apr 20, #1590)
+Patch to add configure flags to skip rtl, farsi and arabic support.
+(Diego Carrión, #1867)
 
-Patch for flickering redraw. (Hirohito Higashi, 2017 Apr 23, #1637)
+assert_fails() can only check for the first error.  Make it possible to have
+it catch multiple errors and check all of them.
 
 New value "uselast" for 'switchbuf'. (Lemonboy, 2017 Apr 23, #1652)
 
@@ -219,18 +330,13 @@ Even better: add a way to disable a mapping temporarily and re-enable it
 later.  This is for a sub-mode that is active for a short while (one buffer).
 Still need maplist() to find the mappings.  What can we use to identify a
 mapping?  Something unique would be better than the LHS.
+Perhaps simpler: actually delete the mappings.  Use maplist() to list matching
+mappings (with a lhs prefix, like maparg()), mapdelete() to delete,
+maprestore() to restore (using the output of maplist()).
 
-Patch to support chinese wordcount in utf-8. (Rain, 2017 May 24, #1722)
-Or not?
-
-"gn" selects one character instead of the searched text. (keyboardfire, #1683)
-Patch by Christian, 2017 May 7.
-
-Wrong memory access using p_fdm, found in patch to add tests for diff mode
-(#1658) (Dominique Pelle, 2017 May 6)
-
-Patch to improve test coverage for diff mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2017 May 11,
-#1685)
+Add an argument to :mkvimrc (or add aother command) to skip mappings from
+plugins (source is a Vim script).  No need to put these in a .vimrc, they will
+be defined when the plugin is loaded.
 
 Use tb_set(winid, [{'text': 'stop', 'cb': callback, 'hi': 'Green'}])
     tb_highlight(winid, 'ToolBar')
@@ -241,6 +347,9 @@ What if there is an invalid character?
 
 Json string with trailing \u should be an error. (Lcd)
 
+import can't be used in define option when include matches too.
+(Romain Lafourcade, 2017 Jun 18, #1519)
+
 When session file has name in argument list but the buffer was deleted, the
 buffer is not deleted when using the session file. (#1393)
 Should add the buffer in hidden state.
@@ -252,9 +361,6 @@ Wrong diff highlighting with three files. (2016 Oct 20, #1186)
 Also get E749 on exit.
 Another example in #1309
 
-Patch to change all use of &sw to shiftwidth(). (Tyru, 2017 Feb 19)
-Wait until maintainers integrate it.
-
 When deleting a mark or register, leave a tombstone, so that it's also deleted
 when writing viminfo (and the delete was the most recent action). #1339
 
@@ -265,6 +371,10 @@ Error in test_startup_utf8 on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2016 Aug 17)
 
 Completion for :!cmd shows each match twice. #1435
 
+Patch to change GUI behavior: instead of changing the window size change the
+lines/columns when menu/toolbar/etc. is added/removed. (Ychin, 2016 Mar 20,
+#703)
+
 GTK: When adding a timer from 'balloonexpr' it won't fire, because
 g_main_context_iteration() doesn't return.  Need to trigger an event when the
 timer expires.
@@ -280,6 +390,12 @@ highlighting for both stl and stlnc.  Patch by Ken Hamada (itchyny, 2016 Dec 11)
 Using CTRL-G_U in InsertCharPre causes trouble for redo. (Israel Chauca
 Fuentes, 2017 Feb 12, #1470)
 
+Add a "keytrans()" function, which turns the internal byte representation of a
+key into a form that can be used for :map.  E.g.
+    let xx = "\<C-Home>"
+    echo keytrans(xx)
+    <C-Home>
+
 Check for errors E704 and E705 only does VAR_FUNC, should also do VAR_PARTIAL.
 (Nikolai Pavlov, 2017 Mar 13, #1557)
 Make a function to check for function-like type?
@@ -293,12 +409,6 @@ Implement optional arguments for functions.
     call Foo(12, all = 0)
     call Foo(12, 15, 0)
 
-writefile() does not abort as soon as an error is found. (Nikolai Pavlov,
-2017 Feb 14, #1476)
-
-Patch to support on-the-spot and over-the-spot input method. (Ken Takata, 2017
-Feb 14).
-
 Change the Farsi code to work with UTF-8.  Possibly combined with the Arabic
 support, or similar.
 Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2)
@@ -309,11 +419,13 @@ somewhere else.  :{range}copy {dest} !cmd
 Patch to fix that empty first tab is not in session.
 (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Nov 25, #1282)
 
-Patch for restoring wide characters in the console buffer.
-(Ken Takata, 2016 Jun 7)
+Patch to add random number generator. (Hong Xu, 2010 Nov 8, update Nov 10)
+Alternative from Christian Brabandt. (2010 Sep 19)
+New one from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1277.
 
 Patch to fix escaping of job arguments. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Oct 5)
 Update Oct 14: https://gist.github.com/mattn/d47e7d3bfe5ade4be86062b565a4bfca
+Update Aug 2017: #1954
 
 Characters deleted on completion. (Adrià Farrés, 2017 Apr 20, #1645)
 Remarks from Christian Brabandt (Apr 21)
@@ -322,9 +434,6 @@ The TermResponse event is not triggered when a plugin has set 'eventignore' to
 "all".  Netrw does this. (Gary Johnson, 2017 Jan 24)
 Postpone the event until 'eventignore' is reset.
 
-Patch to make urxvt mouse work better, recognize Esc[*M termcap code.
-(Maurice Bos, 2017 Feb 17, #1486)
-
 Expanding /**/ is slow.  Idea by Luc Hermitte, 2017 Apr 14.
 
 Once .exe with updated installer is available: Add remark to download page
@@ -339,7 +448,7 @@ MS-Windows.  Perhaps in \#  the \ is seen as a path separator. (Axel Bender,
 2017 Feb 9)  Can we expand wildcards first and send the path literally to the
 receiving Vim?  Or make an exception for #, it's not useful remotely.
 
-":sbr" docs state it respect 'switchbuf', but "vsplit" does not cause a
+":sbr" docs state it respects 'switchbuf', but "vsplit" does not cause a
 vertical split. (Haldean Brown, 2017 Mar 1)
 
 Use ADDR_OTHER instead of ADDR_LINES for many more commands.
@@ -358,11 +467,26 @@ Patch for wrong cursor position on wrapped line, involving breakindent.
 (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 25)
 Does this also fix #1408 ?
 
+Patch to add "module" to quickfix entries. (Coot, 2017 Jun 8, #1757)
+
+'cursorline' and match interfere. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2017 Jun 23, #1792)
+
 Patch for 'cursorlinenr' option. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 30)
 
+Patch to be able to separately map CTRL-H and BS on Windows.
+(Linwei, 2017 Jul 11, #1833)
+
 When 'completeopt' has "noselect" does not insert a newline. (Lifepillar, 2017
 Apr 23, #1653)
 
+Using an external diff is inefficient.  Not all systems have a good diff
+program available (esp. MS-Windows).  Would be nice to have in internal diff
+implementation.  Can then also use this for displaying changes within a line.
+Olaf Dabrunz is working on this. (10 Jan 2016)
+9   Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code.  One can be
+    found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c
+    It's complicated and badly documented.
+
 Window resizing with 'winfixheight': With a vertical split the height changes
 anyway. (Tommy allen, 2017 Feb 21, #1502)
 
@@ -419,9 +543,6 @@ Include the test.
 Patch to add tagfunc().  Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22.
 New update 2017 Apr 10, #1628
 
-Unnamed register only contains the last deleted text when appending deleted
-text to a register. (Wolfgang Jeltsch, reproduced by Ben Fritz, 2017 Apr 10)
-
 When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
 command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
 
@@ -439,6 +560,8 @@ execute() cannot be used with command completeion. (Daniel Hahler, 2016 Oct 1,
 
 cmap using execute() has side effects. (Killthemule, 2016 Aug 17, #983)
 
+:map X may print invalid data. (Nikolay Pavlov, 2017 Jul 3, #1816)
+
 Patch to order results from taglist(). (Duncan McDougall, 2016 Oct 25)
 
 patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
@@ -500,9 +623,6 @@ This does not work: :set cscopequickfix=a-
 
 Possibly wrong value for seq_cur. (Florent Fayolle, 2016 May 15, #806)
 
-Patch to add separate highlighting for quickfix current line.
-(anishsane, 2016 Sep 16, #1080)
-
 Filetype plugin for awk. (Doug Kearns, 2016 Sep 5)
 
 Patch to improve map documentation. Issue #799.
@@ -528,11 +648,6 @@ Reject the value? #710.
 Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
 set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
 
-Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
-2013 Jul 30)  Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
-Update mentioned by Christian, 2016 Apr 25.
-Update from Ken Takata, 2016 Jul 17.
-
 When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
 Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
 
@@ -556,11 +671,6 @@ Possibly include the needed code so that it can be build everywhere.
 Add a way to restart a timer.  It's similar to timer_stop() and timer_start(),
 but the reference remains valid.
 
-Patch to add setbufline(). (email from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, patch by Ozaki
-Kiichi, 2016 Feb 28)
-Update Mar 8: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98
-Update Mar 13: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98
-
 Need to try out instructions in INSSTALLpc.txt about how to install all
 interfaces and how to build Vim with them.
 Appveyor build with self-installing executable, includes getting most
@@ -598,10 +708,6 @@ When command names are very long :command output is difficult to read.  Use a
 maximum for the column width?  (#871)
 Patcy by varmanishant, 2016 Jun 18, #876
 
-Patch to change GUI behavior: instead of changing the window size change the
-lines/columns when menu/toolbar/etc. is added/removed. (Ychin, 2016 Mar 20,
-#703)
-
 Installation of .desktop files does not work everywhere.
 It's now fixed, but the target directory probably isn't right.
 Add configure check?
@@ -677,8 +783,6 @@ Patch to add TagNotFound autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 3)
 Patch to add Error autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 17)
 Only remembers one error.
 
-Illegal memory access, requires ASAN to see. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jul 28)
-
 Gvim: when both Tab and CTRL-I are mapped, use CTRL-I not for Tab.
 
 Unexpected delay when using CTRL-O u.  It's not timeoutlen.
@@ -720,7 +824,8 @@ Value of virtcol() for '[ and '] depend on multi-byte character.
 (Luchr, #277)
 
 Can we cache the syntax attributes, so that updates for 'relativenumber' and
-'cursorline'/'cursorcolumn' are a lot faster?
+'cursorline'/'cursorcolumn' are a lot faster?  Thus store the attributes
+before combining them.
 
 C highlighting: modern C allows: /* comment */ #ifdef
 and also line continuation after #include.
@@ -745,11 +850,6 @@ Patch to use two highlight groups for relative numbers. (Shaun Brady, 2016 Jan
 MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
 (Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
 
-Using an external diff is inefficient.  Not all systems have a good diff
-program available (esp. MS-Windows).  Would be nice to have in internal diff
-implementation.  Can then also use this for displaying changes within a line.
-Olaf Dabrunz is working on this.
-
 The OptionSet autocommand event is not always triggered. (Rick Howe, 2015 Sep
 24): :diffthis, :diffoff.
 
@@ -1023,9 +1123,6 @@ For the path use a hash instead of dir%dir%dir%name  hash%name.
 Patch to add ":undorecover", get as much text out of the undo file as
 possible. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Mar 12, update Aug 22)
 
-Include Haiku port? (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
-It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
-
 Updated spec ftplugin. (Matěj Cepl, 2013 Oct 16)
 
 Patch to right-align signs. (James Kolb (email james), 2013 Sep 23)
@@ -1035,8 +1132,6 @@ Patch to handle integer overflow. (Aaron Burrow, 2013 Dec 12)
 Patch to add "ntab" item in 'listchars' to repeat first character. (Nathaniel
 Braun, pragm, 2013 Oct 13)  A better solution 2014 Mar 5.
 
-/[b-a] gives error E16, should probably be E769.
-
 7   Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow
     pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to
     "lucida_console:h8").
@@ -1320,9 +1415,6 @@ Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7?  (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
 When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
 (Jeff Lanzarotta, 2011 Feb 17)
 
-Setting $HOME on MS-Windows is not very well documented.  Suggestion by Ben
-Fritz (2011 Oct 27).
-
 When there is a ">" in a line that "gq" wraps to the start of the next line,
 then the following line will pick it up as a leader.  Should get the leader
 from the first line, not a wrapped line. (Matt Ackeret, 2012 Feb 27)
@@ -1447,9 +1539,6 @@ New esperanto spell file can't be processed. (Dominique Pelle, 2011 Jan 30)
 Editing a file with a ^M with 'ff' set to "mac", opening a help file, then the
 ^M is displayed as ^J sometimes.  Getting 'ff' value from wrong window/buffer?
 
-'colorcolumn' has higher priority than hlsearch.  Should probably be the other
-way around. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 19)
-
 When Vim is put in the background (SIGTSTP) and then gets a SIGHUP it doesn't
 exit.  It exists as soon as back in the foreground. (Stephen Liang, 2011 Jan
 9)  Caused by vim_handle_signal(SIGNAL_BLOCK); in ui.c.
@@ -1498,14 +1587,13 @@ setpos() does not restore cursor position after :normal. (Tyru, 2010 Aug 11)
 7   The 'directory' option supports changing path separators to "%" to make
     file names unique, also support this for 'backupdir'. (Mikolaj Machowski)
     Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Oct 21.
+    Is this an update:  related to: #179
+    https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-mq-patches/blob/master/backupdir
+    Fixed patch 2017 Jul 1.
 
 With "tw=55 fo+=a" typing space before ) doesn't work well. (Scott Mcdermott,
 2010 Oct 24)
 
-Patch to add random number generator. (Hong Xu, 2010 Nov 8, update Nov 10)
-Alternative from Christian Brabandt. (2010 Sep 19)
-New one from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1277.
-
 Messages in message.txt are highlighted as examples.
 
 When using cp850 the NBSP (0xff) is not drawn correctly. (Brett Stahlman, 2010
@@ -2445,13 +2533,6 @@ respond to selection requests.  Invoking XtDisownSelection() before executing
 the shell doesn't help.  Would require forking and doing a message loop, like
 what happens for the GUI.
 
-X11: Putting more than about 262040 characters of text on the clipboard and
-pasting it in another Vim doesn't work.  (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Aug 21-23)
-clip_x11_request_selection_cb() is called with zero value and length.
-Also: Get an error message from free() in the process that owns the selection.
-Seems to happen when the selection is requested the second time, but before
-clip_x11_convert_selection_cb() is invoked, thus in X library code.
-
 ":vimgrep" does not recognize a recursive symlink.  Is it possible to detect
 this, at least for Unix (using device/inode)?
 
@@ -3314,18 +3395,6 @@ Most interesting new features to be added when all bugs have been fixed:
     Alternative: Make a function for Ex commands: cmd_edit().
 -   Add COLUMN NUMBERS to ":" commands ":line1,line2[col1,col2]cmd".  Block
     can be selected with CTRL-V.  Allow '$' (end of line) for col2.
--   Add DEBUGGER INTERFACE.  Implementation for gdb by Xavier de Gaye.
-    Should work like an IDE.  Try to keep it generic.  Now found here:
-    http://clewn.sf.net.
-    And the idevim plugin/script.
-    To be able to start the debugger from inside Vim: For GUI run a program
-    with a netbeans connection; for console: start a program that splits the
-    terminal, runs the debugger in one window and reconnect Vim I/O to the
-    other window.
-    Wishes for NetBeans commands:
-    - make it possible to have 'defineAnnoType' also handle terminal colors.
-    - send 'balloonText' events for the cursor position (using CursorHold ?)
-      in terminal mode.
 -   ECLIPSE plugin.  Problem is: the interface is very complicated.  Need to
     implement part in Java and then connect to Vim.  Some hints from Alexandru
     Roman, 2004 Dec 15.  Should then also work with Oracle Jdeveloper, see JSR
@@ -3338,9 +3407,6 @@ Most interesting new features to be added when all bugs have been fixed:
     scrolls back to where the cursor is.
 -   Scroll commands by screen line. g CTRL-E and g CTRL-Y ?  Requires the
     first line to be able to start halfway.
--   Running a shell command from the GUI still has limitations.  Look into how
-    the terminal emulator of the Vim shell project can help:
-    http://vimshell.wana.at
 8   Add a command to jump to a certain kind of tag.  Allow the user to specify
     values for the optional fields.  E.g., ":tag size type=m".
     Also allow specifying the file and command, so that the result of
@@ -3529,9 +3595,6 @@ Spell checking:
 Diff mode:
 9   When making small changes, e.g. deleting a character, update the diff.
     Possibly without running diff.
-9   Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code.  One can be
-    found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c
-    It's quite big and badly documented though.
 8   Also show difference with the file when editing started?  Should show what
     can be undone. (Tom Popovich)
 
@@ -5618,11 +5681,11 @@ Various improvements:
 -   Support %name% expansion for "gf" on Windows.
 -   Make "gf" work on "file://c:/path/name".  "file:/c:/" and "file:///c:/"
     should also work?
--   Add 'urlpath', used like 'path' for when "gf" used on an URL?
+-   Add 'urlpath', used like 'path' for when "gf" used on a URL?
 8   When using "gf" on an absolute file name, while editing a remote file
     (starts with scp:// or http://) should prepend the method and machine
     name.
--   When finding an URL or file name, and it doesn't exist, try removing a
+-   When finding a URL or file name, and it doesn't exist, try removing a
     trailing '.'.
 -   Add ":path" command modifier.  Should work for every command that takes a
     file name argument, to search for the file name in 'path'.	Use

runtime/doc/usr_01.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
+*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 15
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -140,19 +140,19 @@ On other systems, you have to do a little work:
 
 1. Copy the tutor file.  You can do this with Vim (it knows where to find it):
 >
-	vim -u NONE -c 'e $VIMRUNTIME/tutor/tutor' -c 'w! TUTORCOPY' -c 'q'
+	vim --clean -c 'e $VIMRUNTIME/tutor/tutor' -c 'w! TUTORCOPY' -c 'q'
 <
    This will write the file "TUTORCOPY" in the current directory.  To use a
 translated version of the tutor, append the two-letter language code to the
 filename.  For French:
 >
-	vim -u NONE -c 'e $VIMRUNTIME/tutor/tutor.fr' -c 'w! TUTORCOPY' -c 'q'
+	vim --clean -c 'e $VIMRUNTIME/tutor/tutor.fr' -c 'w! TUTORCOPY' -c 'q'
 <
 2. Edit the copied file with Vim:
 >
-	vim -u NONE -c "set nocp" TUTORCOPY
+	vim --clean TUTORCOPY
 <
-   The extra arguments make sure Vim is started in a good mood.
+   The --clean argument makes sure Vim is started with nice defaults.
 
 3. Delete the copied file when you are finished with it:
 >

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Jan 05
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ The "?" command works like "/" but searches backwards: >
 	?word
 
 The "N" command repeats the last search the opposite direction.  Thus using
-"N" after a "/" command search backwards, using "N" after "?" searches
+"N" after a "/" command searches backwards, using "N" after "?" searches
 forward.
 
 
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ only if it is at the beginning of a line.
    The $ character matches the end of a line.  Therefore, "was$" matches the
 word was only if it is at the end of a line.
 
-Let's mark the places where "the" matches in this example line with "x"s:
+Let's mark the places where "/the" matches in this example line with "x"s:
 
 	the solder holding one of the chips melted and the ~
 	xxx			  xxx		       xxx

runtime/doc/usr_07.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_07.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*usr_07.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ a sentence to the f register (f for First): >
 	"fyas
 
 The "yas" command yanks a sentence like before.  It's the "f that tells Vim
-the text should be place in the f register.  This must come just before the
+the text should be placed in the f register.  This must come just before the
 yank command.
    Now yank three whole lines to the l register (l for line): >
 

runtime/doc/usr_08.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2014 Jul 06
+*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ top one:
 	+----------------------------------+
 
 What you see here is two windows on the same file.  The line with "====" is
-that status line.  It displays information about the window above it.  (In
+the status line.  It displays information about the window above it.  (In
 practice the status line will be in reverse video.)
    The two windows allow you to view two parts of the same file.  For example,
 you could make the top window show the variable declarations of a program, and

runtime/doc/usr_09.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_09.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*usr_09.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ THE WINDOW TITLE
 At the very top is the window title.  This is drawn by your window system.
 Vim will set the title to show the name of the current file.  First comes the
 name of the file.  Then some special characters and the directory of the file
-in parens.  These special character can be present:
+in parens.  These special characters can be present:
 
 	-	The file cannot be modified (e.g., a help file)
 	+	The file contains changes
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ mouse button.  The selected text will be inserted.
 The "current selection" will only remain valid until some other text is
 selected.  After doing the paste in the other gVim, now select some characters
 in that window.  You will notice that the words that were previously selected
-in the other gVim window are displayed differently.  This means that it no
+in the other gvim window are displayed differently.  This means that it no
 longer is the current selection.
 
 You don't need to select text with the mouse, using the keyboard commands for
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ the "real clipboard" are called clipboard, you'll have to get used to that.
    To put text on the real clipboard, select a few different words in one of
 the gVims you have running.  Then use the Edit/Copy menu entry.  Now the text
 has been copied to the real clipboard.  You can't see this, unless you have
-some application that shows the clipboard contents (e.g., KDE's klipper).
+some application that shows the clipboard contents (e.g., KDE's Klipper).
    Now select the other gVim, position the cursor somewhere and use the
 Edit/Paste menu.  You will see the text from the real clipboard is inserted.
 
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ USING BOTH
 
 This use of both the "current selection" and the "real clipboard" might sound
 a bit confusing.  But it is very useful.  Let's show this with an example.
-Use one gVim with a text file and perform these actions:
+Use one gvim with a text file and perform these actions:
 
 -  Select two words in Visual mode.
 -  Use the Edit/Copy menu to get these words onto the clipboard.

runtime/doc/usr_12.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ command: >
 The line range "%" is used, thus this works on the whole file.  The pattern
 that the ":substitute" command matches with is "\s\+$".  This finds white
 space characters (\s), 1 or more of them (\+), before the end-of-line ($).
-Later will be explained how you write patterns like this |usr_27.txt|.
+Later will be explained how you write patterns like this, see |usr_27.txt|.
    The "to" part of the substitute command is empty: "//".  Thus it replaces
 with nothing, effectively deleting the matched white space.
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 28
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 22
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -966,6 +966,23 @@ Jobs:		    			        *job-functions*
 	job_info()		get information about a job
 	job_setoptions()	set options for a job
 
+Terminal window:				*terminal-functions*
+	term_start()		open a terminal window and run a job
+	term_list()		get the list of terminal buffers
+	term_sendkeys()		send keystrokes to a terminal
+	term_wait()		wait for screen to be updated
+	term_getjob()		get the job associated with a terminal
+	term_scrape()		get row of a terminal screen
+	term_getline()		get a line of text from a terminal
+	term_getattr()		get the value of attribute {what}
+	term_getcursor()	get the cursor position of a terminal
+	term_getscrolled()	get the scroll count of a terminal
+	term_getaltscreen()	get the alternate screen flag
+	term_getsize()		get the size of a terminal
+	term_getstatus()	get the status of a terminal
+	term_gettitle()		get the title of a terminal
+	term_gettty()		get the tty name of a terminal
+
 Timers:						*timer-functions*
 	timer_start()		create a timer
 	timer_pause()		pause or unpause a timer

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -427,6 +427,7 @@ N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
 m  *+tag_any_white*	any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
 m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+terminal*		Support for terminal window |terminal|
    *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
 B  *+termguicolors*	24-bit color in xterm-compatible terminals support

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -9250,7 +9250,7 @@ Files:	    runtime/doc/various.txt, src/ex_cmds.h, src/ex_docmd.c,
 	    src/proto/quickfix.pro, src/quickfix.c
 
 Patch 6.1.424 (extra)
-Problem:    Win32: Gvim compiled with VC++ 7.0 run on Windows 95 does not show
+Problem:    Win32: gvim compiled with VC++ 7.0 run on Windows 95 does not show
 	    menu items.
 Solution:   Define $WINVER to avoid an extra item is added to MENUITEMINFO.
 	    (Muraoka Taro)
@@ -12319,7 +12319,7 @@ Solution:   Don't ignore the WM_SYSKEYUP event when the menu is disabled.
 Files:	    src/gui_w32.c
 
 Patch 6.2.362 (extra, after 6.2.347)
-Problem:    Win32: The manifest causes Gvim not to work. (Dave Roberts)
+Problem:    Win32: The manifest causes gvim not to work. (Dave Roberts)
 Solution:   Change "x86" to "X86". (Serge Pirotte)
 Files:	    src/gvim.exe.mnf
 

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -4151,7 +4151,7 @@ Patch 7.0.173
 Problem:    ":call f().TT()" doesn't work.  (Richard Emberson)
 Solution:   When a function returns a Dictionary or another composite continue
 	    evaluating what follows.
-Files:	    src/eval.c    
+Files:	    src/eval.c
 
 Patch 7.0.174
 Problem:    ":mksession" doesn't restore window layout correctly in tab pages
@@ -4265,7 +4265,7 @@ Problem:    When 'swapfile' is switched off in an empty file it is possible
 	    that not all blocks are loaded into memory, causing ml_get errors
 	    later.
 Solution:   Rename "dont_release" to "mf_dont_release" and also use it to
-	    avoid using the cached line and locked block. 
+	    avoid using the cached line and locked block.
 Files:	    src/globals.h, src/memfile.c, src/memline.c
 
 Patch 7.0.193
@@ -6031,7 +6031,7 @@ Solution:   Add type casts. (Ben Schmidt)
 Files:	    src/version.c
 
 Patch 7.1.207
-Problem:    Netbeans: "remove" cannot delete one line. 
+Problem:    Netbeans: "remove" cannot delete one line.
 Solution:   Remove partial lines and whole lines properly.  Avoid a memory
 	    leak.  (Xavier de Gaye)
 Files:	    src/netbeans.c
@@ -7991,7 +7991,7 @@ Files:	    src/ex_cmds.c
 
 Patch 7.2.097
 Problem:    "!xterm&" doesn't work when 'shell' is "bash".
-Solution:   Ignore SIGHUP after calling setsid(). (Simon Schubert) 
+Solution:   Ignore SIGHUP after calling setsid(). (Simon Schubert)
 Files:	    src/os_unix.c
 
 Patch 7.2.098
@@ -8740,7 +8740,7 @@ Files:	    src/gui_gtk_x11.c, src/message.c, src/ops.c, src/proto/ui.pro,
 	    src/ui.c
 
 Patch 7.2.222
-Problem:   ":mksession" doesn't work properly with 'acd' set. 
+Problem:   ":mksession" doesn't work properly with 'acd' set.
 Solution:   Make it work. (Yakov Lerner)
 Files:	    src/ex_docmd.c
 
@@ -9150,7 +9150,7 @@ Solution:   Add the missing "else". (Lech Lorens)
 Files:	    src/ops.c
 
 Patch 7.2.293
-Problem:    When setting 'comments' option it may be used in a wrong way. 
+Problem:    When setting 'comments' option it may be used in a wrong way.
 Solution:   Don't increment after skipping over digits. (Yukihiro Nakadaira)
 Files:	    src/misc1.c
 
@@ -10191,32 +10191,32 @@ More information here: |two-engines|
 Better Python interface				*better-python-interface*
 -----------------------
 
-Added |python-bindeval| function. Unlike |python-eval| this one returns 
-|python-Dictionary|, |python-List| and |python-Function| objects for 
-dictionaries lists and functions respectively in place of their Python 
+Added |python-bindeval| function. Unlike |python-eval| this one returns
+|python-Dictionary|, |python-List| and |python-Function| objects for
+dictionaries lists and functions respectively in place of their Python
 built-in equivalents (or None if we are talking about function references).
-   For simple types this function returns Python built-in types and not only 
-Python `str()` like |python-eval| does. On Python 3 it will return `bytes()` 
+   For simple types this function returns Python built-in types and not only
+Python `str()` like |python-eval| does. On Python 3 it will return `bytes()`
 objects in place of `str()` ones avoiding possibility of UnicodeDecodeError.
    Interface of new objects mimics standard Python `dict()` and `list()`
 interfaces to some extent. Extent will be improved in the future.
 
-Added special |python-vars| objects also available for |python-buffer| and 
+Added special |python-vars| objects also available for |python-buffer| and
 |python-window|. They ease access to Vim script variables from Python.
 
-Now you no longer need to alter `sys.path` to import your module: special 
-hooks are responsible for importing from {rtp}/python2, {rtp}/python3 and 
-{rtp}/pythonx directories (for Python 2, Python 3 and both respectively). 
+Now you no longer need to alter `sys.path` to import your module: special
+hooks are responsible for importing from {rtp}/python2, {rtp}/python3 and
+{rtp}/pythonx directories (for Python 2, Python 3 and both respectively).
 See |python-special-path|.
 
 Added possibility to work with |tabpage|s through |python-tabpage| object.
 
-Added automatic conversion of Vim errors and exceptions to Python 
+Added automatic conversion of Vim errors and exceptions to Python
 exceptions.
 
-Changed the behavior of the |python-buffers| object: it now uses buffer numbers 
-as keys in place of the index of the buffer in the internal buffer list. 
-This should not break anything as the only way to get this index was 
+Changed the behavior of the |python-buffers| object: it now uses buffer numbers
+as keys in place of the index of the buffer in the internal buffer list.
+This should not break anything as the only way to get this index was
 iterating over |python-buffers|.
 
 Added |:pydo| and |:py3do| commands.
@@ -10226,7 +10226,7 @@ Added the |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| functions.
 Now in all places which previously accepted `str()` objects, `str()` and
 `unicode()` (Python 2) or `bytes()` and `str()` (Python 3) are accepted.
 
-|python-window| has gained `.col` and `.row` attributes that are currently 
+|python-window| has gained `.col` and `.row` attributes that are currently
 the only way to get internal window positions.
 
 Added or fixed support for `dir()` in Vim Python objects.
@@ -10235,12 +10235,12 @@ Added or fixed support for `dir()` in Vim Python objects.
 Changed							*changed-7.4*
 -------
 
-Old Python versions (≤2.2) are no longer supported. Building with them did 
+Old Python versions (≤2.2) are no longer supported. Building with them did
 not work anyway.
 
 Options:
-	Added ability to automatically save the selection into the system 
-	clipboard when using non-GUI version of Vim (autoselectplus in 
+	Added ability to automatically save the selection into the system
+	clipboard when using non-GUI version of Vim (autoselectplus in
 	'clipboard'). Also added ability to use the system clipboard as
 	default register (previously only primary selection could be used).
 	(Ivan Krasilnikov, Christian Brabandt, Bram Moolenaar)
@@ -10255,12 +10255,12 @@ Options:
 	'relativenumber'.  (Christian Brabandt)
 
 Commands:
-	|:diffoff| now saves the local values of some settings and restores 
-	them in place of blindly resetting them to the defaults. (Christian 
+	|:diffoff| now saves the local values of some settings and restores
+	them in place of blindly resetting them to the defaults. (Christian
 	Brabandt)
 
 Other:
-	Lua interface now also uses userdata binded to Vim structures. (Taro 
+	Lua interface now also uses userdata binded to Vim structures. (Taro
 	Muraoka, Luis Carvalho)
 
 	glob() and autocommand patterns used to work with the undocumented
@@ -10285,74 +10285,74 @@ Functions:
 
 	Added |wildmenumode()| function. (Christian Brabandt)
 
-	Debugging functions: |screenattr()|, |screenchar()|, |screencol()|, 
+	Debugging functions: |screenattr()|, |screenchar()|, |screencol()|,
 	|screenrow()|. (Simon Ruderich, Bram Moolenaar)
 
-	Added ability to use |Dictionary-function|s for |sort()|ing, via 
+	Added ability to use |Dictionary-function|s for |sort()|ing, via
 	optional third argument. (Nikolay Pavlov)
 
-	Added special |expand()| argument that expands to the current line 
+	Added special |expand()| argument that expands to the current line
 	number.
 
-	Made it possible to force |char2nr()| to always give unicode codepoints 
+	Made it possible to force |char2nr()| to always give unicode codepoints
 	regardless of current encoding. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 
-	Made it possible for functions generating file list generate |List| 
-	and not NL-separated string. (e.g. |glob()|, |expand()|) (Christian 
+	Made it possible for functions generating file list generate |List|
+	and not NL-separated string. (e.g. |glob()|, |expand()|) (Christian
 	Brabandt)
 
-	Functions that obtain variables from the specific window, tabpage or 
-	buffer scope dictionary can now return specified default value in 
-	place of empty string in case variable is not found. (|gettabvar()|, 
+	Functions that obtain variables from the specific window, tabpage or
+	buffer scope dictionary can now return specified default value in
+	place of empty string in case variable is not found. (|gettabvar()|,
 	|getwinvar()|, |getbufvar()|) (Shougo Matsushita, Hirohito Higashi)
 
 Autocommands:
-	Added |InsertCharPre| event launched before inserting character. 
+	Added |InsertCharPre| event launched before inserting character.
 	(Jakson A. Aquino)
 
-	Added |CompleteDone| event launched after finishing completion in 
+	Added |CompleteDone| event launched after finishing completion in
 	insert mode. (idea by Florian Klein)
 
-	Added |QuitPre| event launched when commands that can either close Vim 
+	Added |QuitPre| event launched when commands that can either close Vim
 	or only some window(s) are launched.
 
-	Added |TextChanged| and |TextChangedI| events launched when text is 
+	Added |TextChanged| and |TextChangedI| events launched when text is
 	changed.
 
 Commands:
 	|:syntime| command useful for debugging.
 
-	Made it possible to remove all signs from the current buffer using 
+	Made it possible to remove all signs from the current buffer using
 	|:sign-unplace|. (Christian Brabandt)
 
 	Added |:language| autocompletion. (Dominique Pelle)
 
-	Added more |:command-complete| completion types: |:behave| suboptions, 
-	color schemes, compilers, |:cscope| suboptions, files from 'path', 
-	|:history| suboptions, locale names, |:syntime| suboptions, user 
+	Added more |:command-complete| completion types: |:behave| suboptions,
+	color schemes, compilers, |:cscope| suboptions, files from 'path',
+	|:history| suboptions, locale names, |:syntime| suboptions, user
 	names. (Dominique Pelle)
 
-	Added |:map-nowait| creating mapping which when having lhs that is the 
-	prefix of another mapping’s lhs will not allow Vim to wait for user to 
-	type more characters to resolve ambiguity, forcing Vim to take the 
+	Added |:map-nowait| creating mapping which when having lhs that is the
+	prefix of another mapping’s lhs will not allow Vim to wait for user to
+	type more characters to resolve ambiguity, forcing Vim to take the
 	shorter alternative: one with <nowait>.
 
 Options:
 	Made it possible to ignore case when completing: 'wildignorecase'.
 
-	Added ability to delete comment leader when using |J| by `j` flag in 
+	Added ability to delete comment leader when using |J| by `j` flag in
 	'formatoptions' (|fo-table|). (Lech Lorens)
 
-	Added ability to control indentation inside namespaces: |cino-N|. 
+	Added ability to control indentation inside namespaces: |cino-N|.
 	(Konstantin Lepa)
 
-	Added ability to control alignment inside `if` condition separately 
+	Added ability to control alignment inside `if` condition separately
 	from alignment inside function arguments: |cino-k|. (Lech Lorens)
 
 Other:
 	Improved support for cmd.exe. (Ben Fritz, Bram Moolenaar)
 
-	Added |v:windowid| variable containing current window number in GUI 
+	Added |v:windowid| variable containing current window number in GUI
 	Vim. (Christian J. Robinson, Lech Lorens)
 
 	Added rxvt-unicode and SGR mouse support. (Yiding Jia, Hayaki Saito)
@@ -11923,7 +11923,7 @@ Solution:   Pass the separator character to in_history(). (Taro Muraoka)
 Files:	    src/ex_getln.c
 
 Patch 7.3.266
-Problem:    In Gvim with iBus typing space in Insert mode doesn't work.
+Problem:    In gvim with iBus typing space in Insert mode doesn't work.
 Solution:   Clear xim_expected_char after checking it.
 Files:	    src/mbyte.c
 
@@ -11938,7 +11938,7 @@ Solution:   Use O_NOCTTY both in the master and slave. (Bjorn Winckler)
 Files:	    src/os_unix.c
 
 Patch 7.3.269
-Problem:    'shellcmdflag' only works with one flag. 
+Problem:    'shellcmdflag' only works with one flag.
 Solution:   Split into multiple arguments. (Gary Johnson)
 Files:	    src/os_unix.c
 
@@ -13118,7 +13118,7 @@ Files:	    src/ops.c
 Patch 7.3.477
 Problem:    Using ":echo" to output enough lines to scroll, then using "j" and
 	    "k" at the more prompt, displays the command on top of the output.
-	    (Marcin Szamotulski) 
+	    (Marcin Szamotulski)
 Solution:   Put the output below the command. (Christian Brabandt)
 Files:	    src/eval.c
 
@@ -13371,7 +13371,7 @@ Solution:   Recognize completefunction returning -3.  (Matsushita Shougo)
 Files:	    src/edit.c
 
 Patch 7.3.520
-Problem:    Gvim starts up slow on Ubuntu 12.04.
+Problem:    gvim starts up slow on Ubuntu 12.04.
 Solution:   Move the call to gui_mch_init_check() to after fork(). (Yasuhiro
 	    Matsumoto)  Do check $DISPLAY being set.
 Files:	    src/gui.c, src/gui_gtk_x11.c, src/proto/gui_gtk_x11.pro
@@ -13424,7 +13424,7 @@ Solution:   Make the count select that many characters or lines. (Christian
 Files:	    src/normal.c
 
 Patch 7.3.530 (after 7.3.520)
-Problem:    Gvim does not work when 'guioptions' includes "f". (Davido)
+Problem:    gvim does not work when 'guioptions' includes "f". (Davido)
 Solution:   Call gui_mch_init_check() when running GUI in the foreground.
 	    (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 Files:	    src/gui.c
@@ -14287,7 +14287,7 @@ Files:	    Filelist
 Patch 7.3.682 (after 7.3.677)
 Problem:    Compiler complains about incompatible types.
 Solution:   Remove type casts. (hint by Danek Duvall)
-Files:	    src/edit.c 
+Files:	    src/edit.c
 
 Patch 7.3.683
 Problem:    ":python" may crash when vimbindeval() returns None.
@@ -16340,7 +16340,7 @@ Solution:   Avoid negative argument to vim_strncpy(). (Narendran
 Files:	    src/if_cscope.c
 
 Patch 7.3.1039
-Problem:    New regexp engine does not support \%23c, \%<23c and the like. 
+Problem:    New regexp engine does not support \%23c, \%<23c and the like.
 Solution:   Implement them. (partly by Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 Files:	    src/regexp.h, src/regexp_nfa.c, src/testdir/test64.in,
 	    src/testdir/test64.ok
@@ -17552,9 +17552,9 @@ Solution:   Specify a separate viminfo file.
 Files:	    src/testdir/test61.in
 
 Patch 7.3.1252
-Problem:    Gvim does not find the toolbar bitmap files in ~/vimfiles/bitmaps
+Problem:    gvim does not find the toolbar bitmap files in ~/vimfiles/bitmaps
 	    if the corresponding menu command contains additional characters
-	    like the shortcut marker '&' or if you use a non-english locale.  
+	    like the shortcut marker '&' or if you use a non-english locale.
 Solution:   Use menu->en_dname or menu->dname. (Martin Gieseking)
 Files:	    src/gui_w32.c
 
@@ -18175,7 +18175,7 @@ Files:	    src/window.c
 
 Patch 7.4a.045
 Problem:    Configure does not always find the right library for Lua.  Missing
-	    support for LuaJit. 
+	    support for LuaJit.
 Solution:   Improve the configure detection of Lua. (Hiroshi Shirosaki)
 Files:	    src/Makefile, src/configure.in, src/auto/configure
 

runtime/doc/version8.txt

@@ -16827,7 +16827,7 @@ Patch 8.0.0388
 Problem:    filtering lines through "cat", without changing the line count,
             changes manual folds.
 Solution:   Change how marks and folds are adjusted. (Matthew Malcomson, from
-            neovim #6194.
+            neovim #6194).
 Files:      src/fold.c, src/testdir/test_fold.vim
 
 Patch 8.0.0389
@@ -17499,7 +17499,7 @@ Files:      src/evalfunc.c, src/if_xcmdsrv.c, src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro,
 
 Patch 8.0.0493
 Problem:    Crash with cd command with very long argument.
-Solution:   Check for running out of space. (Dominique pending, closes #1576)
+Solution:   Check for running out of space. (Dominique Pelle, closes #1576)
 Files:      src/testdir/test_alot.vim, src/testdir/test_cd.vim, src/Makefile,
             src/misc2.c
 

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 .TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"
 .SH NAME
-vim \- Vi IMproved, a programmers text editor
+vim \- Vi IMproved, a programmer's text editor
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .br
 .B vim

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ VIM(1)                      General Commands Manual                     VIM(1)
 
 
 NAME
-       vim - Vi IMproved, a programmers text editor
+       vim - Vi IMproved, a programmer's text editor
 
 SYNOPSIS
        vim [options] [file ..]

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Dec 01
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -222,6 +222,11 @@ CTRL-W ^	Does ":split #", split window in two and edit alternate file.
 		When a count is given, it becomes ":split #N", split window
 		and edit buffer N.
 
+						*CTRL-W_:*
+CTRL-W :	Does the same as typing |:| : edit a command line.  Useful in a
+		terminal window, where all Vim commands must be preceded with
+		CTRL-W or 'termkey'.
+
 Note that the 'splitbelow' and 'splitright' options influence where a new
 window will appear.
 
@@ -339,8 +344,9 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-C						*CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
 							*:hide*
 :hid[e]
 :{count}hid[e]
-		Quit the current window, unless it is the last window on the
-		screen.  For {count} see |:quit| command.
+		Without {count}: Quit the current window, unless it is the
+		last window on the screen.
+		If {count} is given quit the {count} window.
 		
 		The buffer becomes hidden (unless there is another window
 		editing it or 'bufhidden' is "unload", "delete" or "wipe").
@@ -1026,6 +1032,8 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 			   displayed in a window |hidden-buffer|
 		   -	a buffer with 'modifiable' off
 		   =	a readonly buffer
+		   R	a terminal buffer with a running job
+		   F	a terminal buffer with a finished job
 		    +	a modified buffer
 		    x   a buffer with read errors
 
@@ -1272,6 +1280,9 @@ help		Contains a help file.  Will only be created with the |:help|
 		and can't be changed.  The 'buflisted' option will be reset
 		for a help buffer.
 
+terminal	A terminal window buffer, see |terminal|. The contents cannot
+		be read or changed until the job ends.
+
 directory	Displays directory contents.  Can be used by a file explorer
 		plugin.  The buffer is created with these settings: >
 			:setlocal buftype=nowrite

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Jun 04
+" Last Change:	2017 Aug 11
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ func! s:StarSetf(ft)
   endif
 endfunc
 
+" Vim help file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead $VIMRUNTIME/doc/*.txt	setf help
+
 " Abaqus or Trasys
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inp			call s:Check_inp()
 
@@ -632,7 +635,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead dict.conf,.dictrc		setf dictconf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead dictd.conf		setf dictdconf
 
 " Diff files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.diff,*.rej,*.patch	setf diff
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.diff,*.rej		setf diff
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.patch
+	\ if getline(1) =~ '^From [0-9a-f]\{40\} Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001$' |
+	\   setf gitsendemail |
+	\ else |
+	\   setf diff |
+	\ endif
 
 " Dircolors
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .dir_colors,.dircolors,*/etc/DIR_COLORS	setf dircolors
@@ -801,6 +810,7 @@ if !empty($XDG_CONFIG_HOME)
   au BufNewFile,BufRead $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config	setf gitconfig
 endif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo		setf gitrebase
+au BufRead,BufNewFile .gitsendemail.msg.??????	setf gitsendemail
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
       \ if getline(1) =~ '^From.*# This line is ignored.$' |
       \   setf gitsendemail |
@@ -1017,7 +1027,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav		setf java
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt		setf javacc
 
 " JavaScript, ECMAScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx   setf javascript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx,*.mjs   setf javascript
 
 " Java Server Pages
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
@@ -1332,6 +1342,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mush			setf mush
 " Mutt setup file (also for Muttng)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Mutt{ng,}rc		setf muttrc
 
+" N1QL
+au BufRead,BufNewfile *.n1ql,*.nql		setf n1ql
+
 " Nano
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,*.nanorc  	setf nanorc
 
@@ -2253,8 +2266,12 @@ func! s:FTtex()
     let format = tolower(matchstr(firstline, '\a\+'))
     let format = substitute(format, 'pdf', '', '')
     if format == 'tex'
+      let format = 'latex'
+    elseif format == 'plaintex'
       let format = 'plain'
     endif
+  elseif expand('%') =~ 'tex/context/.*/.*.tex'
+    let format = 'context'
   else
     " Default value, may be changed later:
     let format = exists("g:tex_flavor") ? g:tex_flavor : 'plain'
@@ -2296,7 +2313,7 @@ func! s:FTtex()
 endfunc
 
 " ConTeXt
-au BufNewFile,BufRead tex/context/*/*.tex,*.mkii,*.mkiv,*.mkvi   setf context
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mkii,*.mkiv,*.mkvi   setf context
 
 " Texinfo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.texinfo,*.texi,*.txi	setf texinfo
@@ -2784,7 +2801,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 
 " Plain text files, needs to be far down to not override others.  This avoids
 " the "conf" type being used if there is a line starting with '#'.
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt,*.text,README	setf text
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.text,README		setf text
+
+" Help files match *.txt but should have a last line that is a modeline.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt	
+	\  if getline('$') !~ 'vim:.*ft=help'
+	\|   setf text
+	\| endif
 
 
 " Use the filetype detect plugins.  They may overrule any of the previously

runtime/ftplugin/verilog.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Verilog HDL
-" Maintainer:	Chih-Tsun Huang <cthuang@larc.ee.nthu.edu.tw>
-" Last Change:	Wed Sep  3 15:24:49 CST 2008
-" URL:		http://larc.ee.nthu.edu.tw/~cthuang/vim/ftplugin/verilog.vim
+" Maintainer:	Chih-Tsun Huang <cthuang@cs.nthu.edu.tw>
+" Last Change:	2017 Aug 25 by Chih-Tsun Huang
+" URL:	    	http://www.cs.nthu.edu.tw/~cthuang/vim/ftplugin/verilog.vim
+"
+" Credits:
+"   Suggestions for improvement, bug reports by
+"     Shao <shaominghai2005@163.com>
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -45,11 +49,16 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
     \ '\<begin\>:\<end\>,' .
     \ '\<case\>\|\<casex\>\|\<casez\>:\<endcase\>,' .
     \ '\<module\>:\<endmodule\>,' .
-    \ '\<if\>:\<else\>,' .
+    \ '\<if\>:`\@<!\<else\>,' .
     \ '\<function\>:\<endfunction\>,' .
-    \ '`ifdef\>:`else\>:`endif\>,' .
+    \ '`ifn\?def\>:`elsif\>:`else\>:`endif\>,' .
     \ '\<task\>:\<endtask\>,' .
-    \ '\<specify\>:\<endspecify\>'
+    \ '\<specify\>:\<endspecify\>,' .
+    \ '\<config\>:\<endconfig\>,' .
+    \ '\<generate\>:\<endgenerate\>,' .
+    \ '\<fork\>:\<join\>,' .
+    \ '\<primitive\>:\<endprimitive\>,' .
+    \ '\<table\>:\<endtable\>'
 endif
 
 " Reset 'cpoptions' back to the user's setting

runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:		Zsh shell script
-" Maintainer:		Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
-" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:	2015-05-29
-" License:		Vim (see :h license)
-" Repository:		https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-zsh
+" Language:             Zsh shell script
+" Maintainer:           Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:      2015-05-29
+" License:              Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:           https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-zsh
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish

runtime/indent/ada.vim

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ function s:MainBlockIndent (prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, stop_at)
       endwhile
    endwhile
    " Fallback - just move back one
-   return a:prev_indent - &sw
+   return a:prev_indent - shiftwidth()
 endfunction MainBlockIndent
 
 " Section: s:EndBlockIndent {{{1
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ function s:EndBlockIndent( prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, blockend )
       endwhile
    endwhile
    " Fallback - just move back one
-   return a:prev_indent - &sw
+   return a:prev_indent - shiftwidth()
 endfunction EndBlockIndent
 
 " Section: s:StatementIndent {{{1
@@ -213,15 +213,15 @@ function GetAdaIndent()
       endif
       " Move indent in
       if ! false_match
-	 let ind = ind + &sw
+	 let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
       endif
    elseif line =~ '^\s*\(case\|exception\)\>'
       " Move indent in twice (next 'when' will move back)
-      let ind = ind + 2 * &sw
+      let ind = ind + 2 * shiftwidth()
    elseif line =~ '^\s*end\s*record\>'
       " Move indent back to tallying 'type' preceeding the 'record'.
       " Allow indent to be equal to 'end record's.
-      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind+&sw, lnum, 'type\>', '' )
+      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind+shiftwidth(), lnum, 'type\>', '' )
    elseif line =~ '\(^\s*new\>.*\)\@<!)\s*[;,]\s*$'
       " Revert to indent of line that started this parenthesis pair
       exe lnum
@@ -235,10 +235,10 @@ function GetAdaIndent()
       exe v:lnum
    elseif line =~ '[.=(]\s*$'
       " A statement continuation - move in one
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
    elseif line =~ '^\s*new\>'
       " Multiple line generic instantiation ('package blah is\nnew thingy')
-      let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind - &sw, lnum )
+      let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind - shiftwidth(), lnum )
    elseif line =~ ';\s*$'
       " Statement end (but not 'end' ) - try to find current statement-start indent
       let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind, lnum )
@@ -256,17 +256,17 @@ function GetAdaIndent()
    elseif continuation && line =~ '^\s*('
       " Don't do this if we've already indented due to the previous line
       if ind == initind
-	 let ind = ind + &sw
+	 let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
       endif
    elseif line =~ '^\s*\(begin\|is\)\>'
       let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(procedure\|function\|declare\|package\|task\)\>', 'begin\>' )
    elseif line =~ '^\s*record\>'
-      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'type\>\|for\>.*\<use\>', '' ) + &sw
+      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'type\>\|for\>.*\<use\>', '' ) + shiftwidth()
    elseif line =~ '^\s*\(else\|elsif\)\>'
       let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', '' )
    elseif line =~ '^\s*when\>'
       " Align 'when' one /in/ from matching block start
-      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(case\|exception\)\>', '' ) + &sw
+      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(case\|exception\)\>', '' ) + shiftwidth()
    elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<if\>'
       " End of if statements
       let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', 'end\>\s*\<if\>' )

runtime/indent/awk.vim

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ function! GetAwkIndent()
    " 'pattern { action }' (simple check match on /{/ increases the indent then)
 
    if s:Get_brace_balance( prev_data, '{', '}' ) > 0
-      return ind + &sw
+      return ind + shiftwidth()
    endif
 
    let brace_balance = s:Get_brace_balance( prev_data, '(', ')' )
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ function! GetAwkIndent()
 	  return s:Safe_indent( ind, s:First_word_len(prev_data), getline(v:lnum))
        else
 	 " if/for/while without '{'
-	 return ind + &sw
+	 return ind + shiftwidth()
        endif
      endif
    endif
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ function! GetAwkIndent()
 
    " Decrease indent if this line contains a '}'.
    if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*}'
-      let ind = ind - &sw
+      let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
    endif
 
    return ind

runtime/indent/bst.vim

@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ function! GetBstIndent(lnum) abort
     endif
     let fakeline = substitute(line,'^}','','').matchstr(cline,'^}')
     let ind = indent(lnum)
-    let ind = ind + &sw * s:count(line,'{')
-    let ind = ind - &sw * s:count(fakeline,'}')
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth() * s:count(line,'{')
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth() * s:count(fakeline,'}')
     return ind
 endfunction

runtime/indent/bzl.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Bazel (http://bazel.io)
 " Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-bzl)
-" Last Change:	2015 Aug 11
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
@@ -41,11 +41,8 @@ function GetBzlIndent(lnum) abort
     if exists('g:pyindent_open_paren')
       let l:pyindent_open_paren = g:pyindent_open_paren
     endif
-    " Vim 7.3.693 and later defines a shiftwidth() function to get the effective
-    " shiftwidth value. Fall back to &shiftwidth if the function doesn't exist.
-    let l:sw_expr = exists('*shiftwidth') ? 'shiftwidth()' : '&shiftwidth'
-    let g:pyindent_nested_paren = l:sw_expr . ' * 2'
-    let g:pyindent_open_paren = l:sw_expr . ' * 2'
+    let g:pyindent_nested_paren = 'shiftwidth() * 2'
+    let g:pyindent_open_paren = 'shiftwidth() * 2'
   endif
 
   let l:indent = -1

runtime/indent/cdl.vim

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ fun! CdlGetIndent(lnum)
   let thisline = getline(a:lnum)
   if match(thisline, '^\s*\(\k\+\|\[[^]]*]\)\s*\(,\|;\s*$\)') >= 0
     " it's an attributes line
-    return &sw
+    return shiftwidth()
   elseif match(thisline, '^\c\s*\([{}]\|\/[*/]\|dimension\|schedule\|group\|hierarchy\|class\)') >= 0
     " it's a header or '{' or '}' or a comment
     return 0
@@ -71,13 +71,13 @@ fun! CdlGetIndent(lnum)
     let c = line[inicio-1]
     " ')' and '=' don't change indent and are useless to set 'f'
     if c == '{'
-      return &sw
+      return shiftwidth()
     elseif c != ')' && c != '='
       let f = 1 " all but 'elseif' are followed by a formula
       if c ==? 'n' || c ==? 'e' " 'then', 'else'
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
       elseif strpart(line, inicio-6, 6) ==? 'elseif' " elseif, set f to conditional
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	let f = 0
       end
     end
@@ -98,16 +98,16 @@ fun! CdlGetIndent(lnum)
       let ind = 0
       let f = 1
     elseif c == ')' || c== ';' || strpart(line, inicio-5, 5) ==? 'endif'
-      let ind = ind - &sw
+      let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     elseif c == '(' || c ==? 'f' " '(' or 'if'
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     else " c == '='
       " if it is an asignment increase indent
       if f == -1 " we don't know yet, find out
 	let f = CdlAsignment(lnum, strpart(line, 0, inicio))
       end
       if f == 1 " formula increase it
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
       end
     end
   endw
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@ fun! CdlGetIndent(lnum)
   " CURRENT LINE, if it starts with a closing element, decrease indent
   " or if it starts with '=' (asignment), increase indent
   if match(thisline, '^\c\s*\(else\|then\|endif\|[);]\)') >= 0
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   elseif match(thisline, '^\s*=') >= 0
     if f == -1 " we don't know yet if is an asignment, find out
       let f = CdlAsignment(lnum, "")
     end
     if f == 1 " formula increase it
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     end
   end
 

runtime/indent/chaiscript.vim

@@ -31,19 +31,19 @@ function! GetChaiScriptIndent()
   let flag = 0
   let prevline = getline(lnum)
   if prevline =~ '^.*{.*'
-    let ind = ind + &shiftwidth
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     let flag = 1
   endif
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' after lines containing a { followed by a }
   " to keep it balanced
   if flag == 1 && prevline =~ '.*{.*}.*'
-    let ind = ind - &shiftwidth
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on lines ending with }
   if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*\%(}\)'
-    let ind = ind - &shiftwidth
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind

runtime/indent/clojure.vim

@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		call cursor(paren)
 
 		if s:is_method_special_case(paren)
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + shiftwidth() - 1]
 		endif
 
 		if s:is_reader_conditional_special_case(paren)
@@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		let ww = s:strip_namespace_and_macro_chars(w)
 
 		if &lispwords =~# '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + shiftwidth() - 1]
 		endif
 
 		if g:clojure_fuzzy_indent
 			\ && !s:match_one(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist, ww)
 			\ && s:match_one(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns, ww)
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + shiftwidth() - 1]
 		endif
 
 		call search('\v\_s', 'cW')
 		call search('\v\S', 'W')
 		if paren[0] < line(".")
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + (g:clojure_align_subforms ? 0 : &shiftwidth - 1)]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + (g:clojure_align_subforms ? 0 : shiftwidth() - 1)]
 		endif
 
 		call search('\v\S', 'bW')

runtime/indent/cmake.vim

@@ -68,19 +68,19 @@ fun! CMakeGetIndent(lnum)
     let ind = ind
   else
     if previous_line =~? cmake_indent_begin_regex
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
     if previous_line =~? cmake_indent_open_regex
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
   " Subtract
   if this_line =~? cmake_indent_end_regex
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
   if previous_line =~? cmake_indent_close_regex
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind

runtime/indent/cobol.vim

@@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ function! s:optionalblock(lnum,ind,blocks,clauses)
         if getline(lastclause) =~? clauses && s:stripped(lastclause) !~? '^'.begin
             let ind = indent(lastclause)
         elseif lastclause > 0
-            let ind = indent(lastclause) + &sw
-            "let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = indent(lastclause) + shiftwidth()
+            "let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
     elseif line =~? clauses && cline !~? end
-        let ind = ind + &sw
+        let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
     return ind
 endfunction
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
                 let num = matchstr(line,'^\s*\zs\d\+\>')
                 if 0+cnum == num
                     return lindent
-                elseif 0+cnum > num && default < lindent + &sw
-                    let default = lindent + &sw
+                elseif 0+cnum > num && default < lindent + shiftwidth()
+                    let default = lindent + shiftwidth()
                 endif
             elseif lindent < bshft && lindent >= ashft
                 break
@@ -135,13 +135,13 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
     if line =~? '^PERFORM\>'
         let perfline = substitute(line, '\c^PERFORM\s*', "", "")
         if perfline =~? '^\%(\k\+\s\+TIMES\)\=\s*$'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         elseif perfline =~? '^\%(WITH\s\+TEST\|VARYING\|UNTIL\)\>.*[^.]$'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
     endif
     if line =~? '^\%(IF\|THEN\|ELSE\|READ\|EVALUATE\|SEARCH\|SELECT\)\>'
-        let ind = ind + &sw
+        let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
     let ind = s:optionalblock(a:lnum,ind,'ADD\|COMPUTE\|DIVIDE\|MULTIPLY\|SUBTRACT','ON\s\+SIZE\s\+ERROR')
     let ind = s:optionalblock(a:lnum,ind,'STRING\|UNSTRING\|ACCEPT\|DISPLAY\|CALL','ON\s\+OVERFLOW\|ON\s\+EXCEPTION')
@@ -157,10 +157,10 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
             "&& s:stripped(lastclause) !~? '^\%(SEARCH\|EVALUATE\|READ\)\>'
             let ind = indent(lastclause)
         elseif lastclause > 0
-            let ind = indent(lastclause) + &sw
+            let ind = indent(lastclause) + shiftwidth()
         endif
     elseif line =~? '^WHEN\>'
-        let ind = ind + &sw
+        let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
     "I'm not sure why I had this
     "if line =~? '^ELSE\>-\@!' && line !~? '\.$'
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
     "endif
     if cline =~? '^\(END\)\>-\@!'
         " On lines with just END, 'guess' a simple shift left
-        let ind = ind - &sw
+        let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     elseif cline =~? '^\(END-IF\|THEN\|ELSE\)\>-\@!'
         call cursor(a:lnum,indent(a:lnum))
         let match = searchpair('\c-\@<!\<IF\>','\c-\@<!\%(THEN\|ELSE\)\>','\c-\@<!\<END-IF\>\zs','bnW',s:skip)
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
         if match > 0
             let ind = indent(match)
         elseif cline =~? '^\(END-\(READ\|EVALUATE\|SEARCH\|PERFORM\)\)\>'
-            let ind = ind - &sw
+            let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
         endif
     endif
     return ind < bshft ? bshft : ind

runtime/indent/cucumber.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ function! GetCucumberIndent()
   let line  = getline(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
   let nline = getline(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))
-  let sw = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : &sw
+  let sw = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : shiftwidth()
   let syn = s:syn(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let csyn = s:syn(v:lnum)
   let nsyn = s:syn(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))

runtime/indent/dylan.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Dylan
 " Version:	0.01
-" Last Change:	2003 Feb 04
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 " Maintainer:	Brent A. Fulgham <bfulgham@debian.org>
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ function DylanGetIndent()
 
   " If previous line was a 'define', indent
   if prevline =~? '\(^\s*\(begin\|block\|case\|define\|else\|elseif\|for\|finally\|if\|select\|unless\|while\)\|\s*\S*\s*=>$\)'
-    let chg = &sw
+    let chg = shiftwidth()
   " local methods indent the shift-width, plus 6 for the 'local'
   elseif prevline =~? '^\s*local'
-    let chg = &sw + 6
+    let chg = shiftwidth() + 6
   " If previous line was a let with no closing semicolon, indent
   elseif prevline =~? '^\s*let.*[^;]\s*$'
-    let chg = &sw
+    let chg = shiftwidth()
   " If previous line opened a parenthesis, and did not close it, indent
   elseif prevline =~ '^.*(\s*[^)]*\((.*)\)*[^)]*$'
     return = match( prevline, '(.*\((.*)\|[^)]\)*.*$') + 1
@@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ function DylanGetIndent()
     " line doesn't start with an indentable command:
     let curr_str = getline(curr_line)
     if curr_str =~? '^\s*\(begin\|block\|case\|define\|else\|elseif\|for\|finally\|if\|select\|unless\|while\)'
-      let chg = &sw
+      let chg = shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
   " If a line starts with end, un-indent (even if we just indented!)
   if cline =~? '^\s*\(cleanup\|end\|else\|elseif\|exception\|finally\|otherwise\)'
-    let chg = chg - &sw
+    let chg = chg - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind + chg

runtime/indent/erlang.vim

@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ function! s:BeginningOfClauseFound(stack, token, stored_vcol)
     call s:Pop(a:stack)
     if empty(a:stack)
       call s:Log('    Stack is ["when"], so LTI is in a guard -> return')
-      return [1, a:stored_vcol + &sw + 2]
+      return [1, a:stored_vcol + shiftwidth() + 2]
     else
       return [1, s:UnexpectedToken(a:token, a:stack)]
     endif
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ function! s:BeginningOfClauseFound(stack, token, stored_vcol)
     call s:Pop(a:stack)
     if empty(a:stack)
       call s:Log('    Stack is ["->"], so LTI is in function body -> return')
-      return [1, a:stored_vcol + &sw]
+      return [1, a:stored_vcol + shiftwidth()]
     elseif a:stack[0] ==# ';'
       call s:Pop(a:stack)
       if empty(a:stack)
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
 
       elseif token ==# 'begin'
         let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFound(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                            \stored_vcol, 'end', &sw)
+                                            \stored_vcol, 'end', shiftwidth())
         if ret | return res | endif
 
       " case EXPR of BRANCHES end
@@ -848,11 +848,11 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
         elseif stack == ['->']
           call s:Log('    LTI is in a branch after ' .
                     \'"of/receive/after/if/catch" -> return')
-          return stored_vcol + &sw
+          return stored_vcol + shiftwidth()
         elseif stack == ['when']
           call s:Log('    LTI is in a guard after ' .
                     \'"of/receive/after/if/catch" -> return')
-          return stored_vcol + &sw
+          return stored_vcol + shiftwidth()
         else
           return s:UnexpectedToken(token, stack)
         endif
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
           if empty(stack)
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a condition; matching ' .
                       \'"case/if/try/receive" found')
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + shiftwidth()
           elseif stack[0] ==# 'align_to_begin_element'
             call s:Pop(stack)
             let stored_vcol = curr_vcol
@@ -897,23 +897,23 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
                       \'"case/if/try/receive" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + shiftwidth()
           elseif stack[0] ==# '->'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a branch; matching ' .
                       \'"case/if/try/receive" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * shiftwidth()
           elseif stack[0] ==# 'when'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a guard; matching ' .
                       \'"case/if/try/receive" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * &sw + 2
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * shiftwidth() + 2
           endif
 
         endif
 
         let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFound(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                            \stored_vcol, 'end', &sw)
+                                            \stored_vcol, 'end', shiftwidth())
         if ret | return res | endif
 
       elseif token ==# 'fun'
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
           " stack = ['when']  =>  LTI is in a guard
           if empty(stack)
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a condition; matching "fun" found')
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + shiftwidth()
           elseif len(stack) > 1 && stack[0] ==# '->' && stack[1] ==# ';'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a condition; matching "fun" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
@@ -938,15 +938,15 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
           elseif stack[0] ==# '->'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a branch; matching "fun" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * shiftwidth()
           elseif stack[0] ==# 'when'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a guard; matching "fun" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * &sw + 2
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * shiftwidth() + 2
           endif
 
           let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFound(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                              \stored_vcol, 'end', &sw)
+                                              \stored_vcol, 'end', shiftwidth())
           if ret | return res | endif
         else
           " Pass: we have a function reference (e.g. "fun f/0")
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
             "   when A,
             "        LTI
             let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFoundIfEmpty(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                                       \stored_vcol, &sw)
+                                                       \stored_vcol, shiftwidth())
             if ret | return res | endif
           else
             " Example:
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
           " If LTI is between an 'after' and the corresponding
           " 'end', then let's return
           let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFoundIfEmpty(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                                     \stored_vcol, &sw)
+                                                     \stored_vcol, shiftwidth())
           if ret | return res | endif
         endif
 

runtime/indent/eruby.vim

@@ -47,11 +47,7 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 function! GetErubyIndent(...)
   " The value of a single shift-width
-  if exists('*shiftwidth')
-    let sw = shiftwidth()
-  else
-    let sw = &sw
-  endif
+  let sw = shiftwidth()
 
   if a:0 && a:1 == '.'
     let v:lnum = line('.')

runtime/indent/falcon.vim

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
 
     " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
     if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
-	return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum)) + &sw
+	return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum)) + shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     " If it contained hanging closing brackets, find the rightmost one, find its
@@ -350,20 +350,20 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
 	if opening.pos != -1
 	    if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
 		if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
-		    return ind + &sw
+		    return ind + shiftwidth()
 		else
 		    return virtcol('.')
 		endif
 	    else
 		let nonspace = matchend(line, '\S', opening.pos + 1) - 1
-		return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : ind + &sw
+		return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : ind + shiftwidth()
 	    endif
 	elseif closing.pos != -1
 	    call cursor(lnum, closing.pos + 1)
 	    normal! %
 
 	    if s:Match(line('.'), s:falcon_indent_keywords)
-		return indent('.') + &sw
+		return indent('.') + shiftwidth()
 	    else
 		return indent('.')
 	    endif
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
     let col = s:Match(lnum, s:falcon_indent_keywords)
     if col > 0
 	call cursor(lnum, col)
-	let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + &sw
+	let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + shiftwidth()
 	" TODO: make this better (we need to count them) (or, if a searchpair
 	" fails, we know that something is lacking an end and thus we indent a
 	" level
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
     " TODO: this does not take into account contrived things such as
     " module Foo; class Bar; end
     if s:Match(lnum, s:falcon_indent_keywords)
-	let ind = msl_ind + &sw
+	let ind = msl_ind + shiftwidth()
 	if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
-	    let ind = ind - &sw
+	    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 	return ind
     endif
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
     " closing bracket, indent one extra level.
     if s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) && !s:Match(lnum, '^\s*\([\])}]\|end\)')
 	if lnum == p_lnum
-	    let ind = msl_ind + &sw
+	    let ind = msl_ind + shiftwidth()
 	else
 	    let ind = msl_ind
 	endif

runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	git config file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ if exists("*GetGitconfigIndent")
 endif
 
 function! GetGitconfigIndent()
-  let sw    = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : &sw
+  let sw    = shiftwidth()
   let line  = getline(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
   if line =~  '\\\@<!\%(\\\\\)*\\$'

runtime/indent/gitolite.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	gitolite configuration
 " URL:		https://github.com/tmatilai/gitolite.vim
 " Maintainer:	Teemu Matilainen <teemu.matilainen@iki.fi>
-" Last Change:	2011-12-24
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ function! GetGitoliteIndent()
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
 
   if cline =~ '^\s*\(C\|R\|RW\|RW+\|RWC\|RW+C\|RWD\|RW+D\|RWCD\|RW+CD\|-\)[ \t=]'
-    return &sw
+    return shiftwidth()
   elseif cline =~ '^\s*config\s'
-    return &sw
+    return shiftwidth()
   elseif pline =~ '^\s*repo\s' && cline =~ '^\s*\(#.*\)\?$'
-    return &sw
+    return shiftwidth()
   elseif cline =~ '^\s*#'
     return indent(prevln)
   elseif cline =~ '^\s*$'

runtime/indent/go.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Go
 " Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
-" Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 "
 " TODO:
 " - function invocations split across lines
@@ -23,18 +23,6 @@ if exists('*GoIndent')
   finish
 endif
 
-" The shiftwidth() function is relatively new.
-" Don't require it to exist.
-if exists('*shiftwidth')
-  function s:sw() abort
-    return shiftwidth()
-  endfunction
-else
-  function s:sw() abort
-    return &shiftwidth
-  endfunction
-endif
-
 function! GoIndent(lnum)
   let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum-1)
   if l:prevlnum == 0
@@ -51,17 +39,17 @@ function! GoIndent(lnum)
 
   if l:prevl =~ '[({]\s*$'
     " previous line opened a block
-    let l:ind += s:sw()
+    let l:ind += shiftwidth()
   endif
   if l:prevl =~# '^\s*\(case .*\|default\):$'
     " previous line is part of a switch statement
-    let l:ind += s:sw()
+    let l:ind += shiftwidth()
   endif
   " TODO: handle if the previous line is a label.
 
   if l:thisl =~ '^\s*[)}]'
     " this line closed a block
-    let l:ind -= s:sw()
+    let l:ind -= shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Colons are tricky.
@@ -69,7 +57,7 @@ function! GoIndent(lnum)
   " We ignore trying to deal with jump labels because (a) they're rare, and
   " (b) they're hard to disambiguate from a composite literal key.
   if l:thisl =~# '^\s*\(case .*\|default\):$'
-    let l:ind -= s:sw()
+    let l:ind -= shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return l:ind

runtime/indent/haml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Haml
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ function! GetHamlIndent()
   let line = substitute(line,'^\s\+','','')
   let indent = indent(lnum)
   let cindent = indent(v:lnum)
-  let sw = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : &sw
+  let sw = shiftwidth()
   if cline =~# '\v^-\s*%(elsif|else|when)>'
     let indent = cindent < indent ? cindent : indent - sw
   endif

runtime/indent/hamster.vim

@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ function HamGetIndent(lnum)
   " Add a shiftwidth to statements following if,  else, elseif,
   " case, select, default, do, until, while, for, start
   if prevline =~? '^\s*\<\(if\|else\%(if\)\?\|for\|repeat\|do\|while\|sub\)\>' 
-    let ind = ind + &sw
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Subtract a shiftwidth from else, elseif, end(if|while|for), until
   let line = getline(v:lnum)
   if line =~? '^\s*\(else\|elseif\|loop\|until\|end\%(if\|while\|for\|sub\)\)\>'
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind

runtime/indent/hog.vim

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ function GetHogIndent()
     " Continuation of a line that wasn't indented
     let prevline = getline(prevlnum)
     if prevline =~ '^\k\+.*\\\s*$'
-        return &sw 
+        return shiftwidth() 
     endif
 
     " Continuation of a line that was indented
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ function GetHogIndent()
     " Indent the next line if previous line contained a start of a block
     " definition ('{' or '(').
     if prevline =~ '^\k\+[^#]*{}\@!\s*$' " TODO || prevline =~ '^\k\+[^#]*()\@!\s*$'
-        return &sw
+        return shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     " Match inside of a block
     if s:IsInBlock(v:lnum)
         if prevline =~ "^\k\+.*$"
-            return &sw
+            return shiftwidth()
         else
             return indent(prevlnum)
         endif

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Header: "{{{
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2017 Jan 17
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 " Version:	1.0
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
@@ -51,15 +51,6 @@ if exists("*HtmlIndent") && !exists('g:force_reload_html')
   finish
 endif
 
-" shiftwidth() exists since patch 7.3.694
-if exists('*shiftwidth')
-  let s:ShiftWidth = function('shiftwidth')
-else
-  func! s:ShiftWidth()
-    return &shiftwidth
-  endfunc
-endif
-
 " Allow for line continuation below.
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
@@ -123,7 +114,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
 
   let indone = {"zero": 0
               \,"auto": "indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))"
-              \,"inc": "b:hi_indent.blocktagind + s:ShiftWidth()"}
+              \,"inc": "b:hi_indent.blocktagind + shiftwidth()"}
 
   let script1 = ''
   if exists("b:html_indent_script1")
@@ -358,7 +349,7 @@ func! s:CheckBlockTag(blocktag, ind)
     endif
     let b:hi_newstate.blocklnr = v:lnum
     " save allover indent for the endtag
-    let b:hi_newstate.blocktagind = b:hi_indent.baseindent + (s:nextrel + s:curind) * s:ShiftWidth()
+    let b:hi_newstate.blocktagind = b:hi_indent.baseindent + (s:nextrel + s:curind) * shiftwidth()
     if a:ind == 3
       return "SCRIPT"    " all except this must be lowercase
       " line is to be checked again for the type attribute
@@ -480,7 +471,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
       let state.blocklnr = stopline
       " check preceding tags in the line:
       call s:CountITags(tagline[: stopcol-2])
-      let state.blocktagind = indent(stopline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+      let state.blocktagind = indent(stopline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * shiftwidth()
       return state
     elseif stopline == state.lnum
       " handle special case: previous line (= state.lnum) contains a
@@ -490,7 +481,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
       if !swendtag
         let [bline, bcol] = searchpos('<'.blocktag[1:].'\>', "bnW")
         call s:CountITags(tolower(getline(bline)[: bcol-2]))
-        let state.baseindent = indent(bline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+        let state.baseindent = indent(bline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * shiftwidth()
         return state
       endif
     endif
@@ -511,7 +502,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
     if found == 2
       let state.baseindent = b:hi_indent.baseindent
     endif
-    let state.blocktagind = indent(comlnum) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+    let state.blocktagind = indent(comlnum) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * shiftwidth()
     return state
   endif
 
@@ -530,7 +521,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
       let text = tolower(getline(comlnum)[: comcol-2])
     endif
     call s:CountITags(text)
-    let state.baseindent = indent(comlnum) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+    let state.baseindent = indent(comlnum) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * shiftwidth()
     " TODO check tags that follow "-->"
     return state
   endif
@@ -550,9 +541,9 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
         let text = getline(start_lnum)
         let swendtag = match(text, '^\s*</') >= 0
         call s:CountITags(text[: col('.') - 2])
-        let state.baseindent += s:nextrel * s:ShiftWidth()
+        let state.baseindent += s:nextrel * shiftwidth()
         if !swendtag
-          let state.baseindent += s:curind * s:ShiftWidth()
+          let state.baseindent += s:curind * shiftwidth()
         endif
       endif
       return state
@@ -565,9 +556,9 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
   let text = getline(state.lnum)
   let swendtag = match(text, '^\s*</') >= 0
   call s:CountITags(tolower(text))
-  let state.baseindent = indent(state.lnum) + s:nextrel * s:ShiftWidth()
+  let state.baseindent = indent(state.lnum) + s:nextrel * shiftwidth()
   if !swendtag
-    let state.baseindent += s:curind * s:ShiftWidth()
+    let state.baseindent += s:curind * shiftwidth()
   endif
   return state
 endfunc "}}}
@@ -646,7 +637,7 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
 
   " add indent after {
   let brace_counts = HtmlIndent_CountBraces(prev_lnum)
-  let extra = brace_counts.c_open * s:ShiftWidth()
+  let extra = brace_counts.c_open * shiftwidth()
 
   let prev_text = getline(prev_lnum)
   let below_end_brace = prev_text =~ '}\s*$'
@@ -663,7 +654,7 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
       " if the current line is not a comment or starts with @ (used by template
       " systems) reduce indent if previous line is a continuation line
       if !prev_hasfield && !prev_special
-        let extra = -s:ShiftWidth()
+        let extra = -shiftwidth()
       endif
     else
       let cur_hasfield = curtext =~ '^\s*[a-zA-Z0-9-]\+:'
@@ -671,14 +662,14 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
       if !cur_hasfield && (prev_hasfield || prev_unfinished)
         " Continuation line has extra indent if the previous line was not a
         " continuation line.
-        let extra = s:ShiftWidth()
+        let extra = shiftwidth()
         " Align with @if
         if prev_text =~ '^\s*@if '
           let extra = 4
         endif
       elseif cur_hasfield && !prev_hasfield && !prev_special
         " less indent below a continuation line
-        let extra = -s:ShiftWidth()
+        let extra = -shiftwidth()
       endif
     endif
   endif
@@ -699,10 +690,10 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
     if special
       " do not reduce indent below @{ ... }
       if extra < 0
-        let extra += s:ShiftWidth()
+        let extra += shiftwidth()
       endif
     else
-      let extra -= (brace_counts.c_close - (prev_text =~ '^\s*}')) * s:ShiftWidth()
+      let extra -= (brace_counts.c_close - (prev_text =~ '^\s*}')) * shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
@@ -710,10 +701,10 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
   if extra == 0
     if brace_counts.p_open > brace_counts.p_close
       " previous line has more ( than ): add a shiftwidth
-      let extra = s:ShiftWidth()
+      let extra = shiftwidth()
     elseif brace_counts.p_open < brace_counts.p_close
       " previous line has more ) than (: subtract a shiftwidth
-      let extra = -s:ShiftWidth()
+      let extra = -shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
@@ -816,7 +807,7 @@ func! s:Alien5()
   let idx = match(prevtext, '^\s*\zs<!--')
   if idx >= 0
     " just below comment start, add a shiftwidth
-    return idx + s:ShiftWidth()
+    return idx + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Some files add 4 spaces just below a TODO line.  It's difficult to detect
@@ -837,7 +828,7 @@ func! s:Alien6()
       return indent(lnum)
     endif
   endif
-  return b:hi_indent.baseindent + s:ShiftWidth()
+  return b:hi_indent.baseindent + shiftwidth()
 endfunc "}}}
 
 " When the "lnum" line ends in ">" find the line containing the matching "<".
@@ -947,7 +938,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent()
   endif
 
   let curtext = tolower(getline(v:lnum))
-  let indentunit = s:ShiftWidth()
+  let indentunit = shiftwidth()
 
   let b:hi_newstate = {}
   let b:hi_newstate.lnum = v:lnum
@@ -1030,9 +1021,9 @@ func! HtmlIndent()
         if col('.') > 2
           let swendtag = match(text, '^\s*</') >= 0
           call s:CountITags(text[: col('.') - 2])
-          let indent += s:nextrel * s:ShiftWidth()
+          let indent += s:nextrel * shiftwidth()
           if !swendtag
-            let indent += s:curind * s:ShiftWidth()
+            let indent += s:curind * shiftwidth()
           endif
         endif
       else

runtime/indent/idlang.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " IDL (Interactive Data Language) indent file.
 " Language: IDL (ft=idlang)
-" Last change:	2012 May 18
+" Last change:	2017 Jun 13
 " Maintainer: Aleksandar Jelenak <ajelenak AT yahoo.com>
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -34,25 +34,25 @@ function GetIdlangIndent(lnum)
    " Indenting of continued lines.
    if getline(pnum) =~ '\$\s*\(;.*\)\=$'
       if getline(pnum2) !~ '\$\s*\(;.*\)\=$'
-	 let curind = curind+&sw
+	 let curind = curind+shiftwidth()
       endif
    else
       if getline(pnum2) =~ '\$\s*\(;.*\)\=$'
-	 let curind = curind-&sw
+	 let curind = curind-shiftwidth()
       endif
    endif
 
    " Indenting blocks of statements.
    if getline(v:lnum) =~? '^\s*\(endif\|endelse\|endwhile\|endfor\|endrep\)\>'
       if getline(pnum) =~? 'begin\>'
-      elseif indent(v:lnum) > curind-&sw
-	 let curind = curind-&sw
+      elseif indent(v:lnum) > curind-shiftwidth()
+	 let curind = curind-shiftwidth()
       else
 	 return -1
       endif
    elseif getline(pnum) =~? 'begin\>'
-      if indent(v:lnum) < curind+&sw
-	 let curind = curind+&sw
+      if indent(v:lnum) < curind+shiftwidth()
+	 let curind = curind+shiftwidth()
       else
 	 return -1
       endif

runtime/indent/ishd.vim

@@ -50,17 +50,17 @@ fun! GetIshdIndent(lnum)
 
     " Add
     if previous_line =~ '^\s*\<\(function\|begin\|switch\|case\|default\|if.\{-}then\|else\|elseif\|while\|repeat\)\>'
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     " Subtract
     if this_line =~ '^\s*\<endswitch\>'
-	let ind = ind - 2 * &sw
+	let ind = ind - 2 * shiftwidth()
     elseif this_line =~ '^\s*\<\(begin\|end\|endif\|endwhile\|else\|elseif\|until\)\>'
-	let ind = ind - &sw
+	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     elseif this_line =~ '^\s*\<\(case\|default\)\>'
 	if previous_line !~ '^\s*\<switch\>'
-	    let ind = ind - &sw
+	    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	endif
     endif
 

runtime/indent/javascript.vim

@@ -236,9 +236,10 @@ function s:OneScope(lnum)
         \ s:save_pos('s:previous_token') != '.'
 endfunction
 
-" returns braceless levels started by 'i' and above lines * &sw. 'num' is the
-" lineNr which encloses the entire context, 'cont' if whether line 'i' + 1 is
-" a continued expression, which could have started in a braceless context
+" returns braceless levels started by 'i' and above lines * shiftwidth().
+" 'num' is the lineNr which encloses the entire context, 'cont' if whether
+" line 'i' + 1 is a continued expression, which could have started in a
+" braceless context
 function s:iscontOne(i,num,cont)
   let [l:i, l:num, bL] = [a:i, a:num + !a:num, 0]
   let pind = a:num ? indent(l:num) + s:W : 0

runtime/indent/json.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:		JSON
 " Mantainer:		Eli Parra <eli@elzr.com> https://github.com/elzr/vim-json
-" Last Change:          2014 Aug 29
+" Last Change:          2017 Jun 13
 "   https://github.com/jakar/vim-json/commit/20b650e22aa750c4ab6a66aa646bdd95d7cd548a#diff-e81fc111b2052e306d126bd9989f7b7c
 " Original Author:	Rogerz Zhang <rogerz.zhang at gmail.com> http://github.com/rogerz/vim-json
 " Acknowledgement:      Based off of vim-javascript maintained by Darrick Wiebe 
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ function GetJSONIndent()
 
   " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
   " if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
-    " return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    " return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
   " endif
 
   " If the previous line contained an opening bracket, and we are still in it,
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ function GetJSONIndent()
   if line =~ '[[({]'
     let counts = s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
     if counts[0] == '1' || counts[1] == '1' || counts[2] == '1'
-      return ind + &sw
+      return ind + shiftwidth()
     else
       call cursor(v:lnum, vcol)
     end

runtime/indent/liquid.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:     Liquid
 " Maintainer:   Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ function! GetLiquidIndent(...)
   let line  = substitute(line,'\C^\%(\s*{%\s*end\w*\s*%}\)\+','','')
   let line .= matchstr(cline,'\C^\%(\s*{%\s*end\w*\s*%}\)\+')
   let cline = substitute(cline,'\C^\%(\s*{%\s*end\w*\s*%}\)\+','','')
-  let sw = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : &sw
+  let sw = shiftwidth()
   let ind += sw * s:count(line,'{%\s*\%(if\|elsif\|else\|unless\|ifchanged\|case\|when\|for\|empty\|tablerow\|capture\)\>')
   let ind -= sw * s:count(line,'{%\s*end\%(if\|unless\|ifchanged\|case\|for\|tablerow\|capture\)\>')
   let ind -= sw * s:count(cline,'{%\s*\%(elsif\|else\|when\|empty\)\>')

runtime/indent/logtalk.vim

@@ -38,24 +38,24 @@ function! GetLogtalkIndent()
 	endif
 	" Check for entity opening directive on previous line
 	if pline =~ '^\s*:-\s\(object\|protocol\|category\)\ze(.*,$'
-		let ind = ind + &sw
+		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	" Check for clause head on previous line
 	elseif pline =~ ':-\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
-		let ind = ind + &sw
+		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	" Check for entity closing directive on previous line
 	elseif pline =~ '^\s*:-\send_\(object\|protocol\|category\)\.\(%.*\)\?$'
-		let ind = ind - &sw
+		let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	" Check for end of clause on previous line
 	elseif pline =~ '\.\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
-		let ind = ind - &sw
+		let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 	" Check for opening conditional on previous line
 	if pline =~ '^\s*\([(;]\|->\)' && pline !~ '\.\s*\(%.*\)\?$' && pline !~ '^.*\([)][,]\s*\(%.*\)\?$\)'
-		let ind = ind + &sw
+		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 	" Check for closing an unclosed paren, or middle ; or ->
 	if line =~ '^\s*\([);]\|->\)'
-		let ind = ind - &sw
+		let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 	return ind
 endfunction

runtime/indent/lua.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Lua script
 " Maintainer:	Marcus Aurelius Farias <marcus.cf 'at' bol.com.br>
 " First Author:	Max Ischenko <mfi 'at' ukr.net>
-" Last Change:	2016 Jan 10
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ function! GetLuaIndent()
     " Add 'shiftwidth' if what we found previously is not in a comment and
     " an "end" or "until" is not present on the same line.
     if synIDattr(synID(prevlnum, midx + 1, 1), "name") != "luaComment" && prevline !~ '\<end\>\|\<until\>'
-      let ind = ind + &shiftwidth
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ function! GetLuaIndent()
   " This is the part that requires 'indentkeys'.
   let midx = match(getline(v:lnum), '^\s*\%(end\>\|else\>\|elseif\>\|until\>\|}\)')
   if midx != -1 && synIDattr(synID(v:lnum, midx + 1, 1), "name") != "luaComment"
-    let ind = ind - &shiftwidth
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind

runtime/indent/matlab.vim

@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ function GetMatlabIndent(lnum)
     " See if this line does not follow the line right after an openblock
     if getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*\(for\|if\|else\|elseif\|case\|while\|switch\|try\|otherwise\|catch\)\>'
     " See if the user has already dedented
-    elseif indent(v:lnum) > curind - &sw
+    elseif indent(v:lnum) > curind - shiftwidth()
       " If not, recommend one dedent
-	let curind = curind - &sw
+	let curind = curind - shiftwidth()
     else
       " Otherwise, trust the user
       return -1
@@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ function GetMatlabIndent(lnum)
   " If the previous line opened a block
   elseif getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*\(for\|if\|else\|elseif\|case\|while\|switch\|try\|otherwise\|catch\)\>'
     " See if the user has already indented
-    if indent(v:lnum) < curind + &sw
+    if indent(v:lnum) < curind + shiftwidth()
       "If not, recommend indent
-      let curind = curind + &sw
+      let curind = curind + shiftwidth()
     else
       " Otherwise, trust the user
       return -1

runtime/indent/mma.vim

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ function GetMmaIndent()
     " also, indent only if this line if this line isn't starting a new
     " block... TODO - fix this with indentkeys?
     if getline(v:lnum-1) =~ '\\\@<!\%(\[[^\]]*\|([^)]*\|{[^}]*\)$' && getline(v:lnum) !~ '\s\+[\[({]'
-        let ind = ind+&sw
+        let ind = ind+shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     " if this line had unmatched closing block,

runtime/indent/ocaml.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 "               Mike Leary           <leary@nwlink.com>
 "               Markus Mottl         <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
 " URL:          http://www.ocaml.info/vim/indent/ocaml.vim
-" Last Change:  2013 Jun 29
+" Last Change:  2017 Jun 13
 "               2005 Jun 25 - Fixed multiple bugs due to 'else\nreturn ind' working
 "               2005 May 09 - Added an option to not indent OCaml-indents specially (MM)
 "               2013 June   - commented textwidth (Marc Weber)
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ function! GetOCamlIndent()
 
  " Return double 'shiftwidth' after lines matching:
  if lline =~ '^\s*|.*->\s*$'
-   return ind + &sw + &sw
+   return ind + 2 * shiftwidth()
  endif
 
  let line = getline(v:lnum)
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ function! GetOCamlIndent()
  " Indent if current line begins with 'and':
  elseif line =~ '^\s*and\>'
    if lline !~ '^\s*\(and\|let\|type\)\>\|\<end\s*$'
-     return ind - &sw
+     return ind - shiftwidth()
    endif
 
  " Indent if current line begins with 'with':
@@ -199,14 +199,14 @@ function! GetOCamlIndent()
  " or 'method':
  elseif line =~ '^\s*\(constraint\|inherit\|initializer\|method\)\>'
    if lline !~ s:obj
-     return indent(search('\<\(object\|object\s*(.*)\)\s*$', 'bW')) + &sw
+     return indent(search('\<\(object\|object\s*(.*)\)\s*$', 'bW')) + shiftwidth()
    endif
 
  endif
 
  " Add a 'shiftwidth' after lines ending with:
  if lline =~ '\(:\|=\|->\|<-\|(\|\[\|{\|{<\|\[|\|\[<\|\<\(begin\|do\|else\|fun\|function\|functor\|if\|initializer\|object\|parser\|private\|sig\|struct\|then\|try\)\|\<object\s*(.*)\)\s*$'
-   let ind = ind + &sw
+   let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 
  " Back to normal indent after lines ending with ';;':
  elseif lline =~ ';;\s*$' && lline !~ '^\s*;;'
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ function! GetOCamlIndent()
 
  " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' after lines matching 'match ... with parser':
  if lline =~ '\<match\>.*\<with\>\s*\<parser\s*$'
-   let ind = ind - &sw
+   let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
  endif
 
  return ind

runtime/indent/occam.vim

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ function GetOccamIndent()
   if line =~ s:FirstLevelIndent || (line =~ s:FirstLevelNonColonEndIndent && line !~ s:ColonEnd)
 	\ || (line !~ s:ColonStart && (prevline =~ s:SecondLevelIndent
 	\ || (prevline =~ s:SecondLevelNonColonEndIndent && prevline !~ s:ColonEnd)))
-    let curindent = curindent + &shiftwidth
+    let curindent = curindent + shiftwidth()
 
     " Restore magic
     if !save_magic|setlocal nomagic|endif
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ function GetOccamIndent()
 
   while !found
 
-    if indent(prevlinenum) == curindent - &shiftwidth
+    if indent(prevlinenum) == curindent - shiftwidth()
       let found = 1
     endif
 
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ function GetOccamIndent()
 
   if prevlinenum > 0
     if getline(prevlinenum) =~ s:SecondLevelIndent
-      let curindent = curindent + &shiftwidth
+      let curindent = curindent + shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 

runtime/indent/pascal.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:    Pascal
 " Maintainer:  Neil Carter <n.carter@swansea.ac.uk>
 " Created:     2004 Jul 13
-" Last Change: 2011 Apr 01
+" Last Change: 2017 Jun 13
 "
 " This is version 2.0, a complete rewrite.
 "
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 
 	" If the PREVIOUS LINE ended in these items, always indent
 	if prev_codeline =~ '\<\(type\|const\|var\)$'
-		return indnt + &shiftwidth
+		return indnt + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	if prev_codeline =~ '\<repeat$'
 		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*until\>'
-			return indnt + &shiftwidth
+			return indnt + shiftwidth()
 		else
 			return indnt
 		endif
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 
 	if prev_codeline =~ '\<\(begin\|record\)$'
 		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*end\>'
-			return indnt + &shiftwidth
+			return indnt + shiftwidth()
 		else
 			return indnt
 		endif
@@ -125,10 +125,10 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 	" followed by "begin"
 	if prev_codeline =~ '\<\(\|else\|then\|do\)$' || prev_codeline =~ ':$'
 		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*begin\>'
-			return indnt + &shiftwidth
+			return indnt + shiftwidth()
 		else
 			" If it does start with "begin" then keep the same indent
-			"return indnt + &shiftwidth
+			"return indnt + shiftwidth()
 			return indnt
 		endif
 	endif
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 	" only the line before the current one. TODO: Get it working for
 	" parameter lists longer than two lines.
 	if prev_codeline =~ '([^)]\+$'
-		return indnt + &shiftwidth
+		return indnt + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 	" Lines starting with "else", but not following line ending with
 	" "end".
 	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*else\>' && prev_codeline !~ '\<end$'
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	" Lines after a single-statement branch/loop.
@@ -160,16 +160,16 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 		" additional unindentation.
 		if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(end;\|except\|finally\|\)$'
 			" Note that we don't return from here.
-			return indnt - &shiftwidth - &shiftwidth
+			return indnt - 2 * shiftwidth()
 		endif
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	" Lines starting with "until" or "end". This rule must be overridden
 	" by the one for "end" after a single-statement branch/loop. In
 	" other words that rule should come before this one.
 	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(end\|until\)\>'
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 
 	" If the PREVIOUS LINE ended in these items, always indent.
 	if prev_codeline =~ '^\s*\(unit\|uses\|try\|except\|finally\|private\|protected\|public\|published\)$'
-		return indnt + &shiftwidth
+		return indnt + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	" ???? Indent "procedure" and "functions" if they appear within an
@@ -212,11 +212,11 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 	" UNINDENT ONCE
 
 	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(except\|finally\)$'
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(private\|protected\|public\|published\)$'
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 

runtime/indent/perl.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
 " Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
 " Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
-" Last Change:   2013-07-24
+" Last Change:   2017 Jun 13
 
 " Suggestions and improvements by :
 "   Aaron J. Sherman (use syntax for hints)
@@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ function! GetPerlIndent()
                         \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\|Package\)Fold'
                 let brace = strpart(line, bracepos, 1)
                 if brace == '(' || brace == '{' || brace == '['
-                    let ind = ind + &sw
+                    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
                 else
-                    let ind = ind - &sw
+                    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
                 endif
             endif
             let bracepos = match(line, braceclass, bracepos + 1)
@@ -152,25 +152,25 @@ function! GetPerlIndent()
                         \ || synid == "perlMatchStartEnd"
                         \ || synid == "perlBraces"
                         \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\|Package\)Fold'
-                let ind = ind - &sw
+                let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
             endif
         endif
     else
         if line =~ '[{[(]\s*\(#[^])}]*\)\=$'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
         if cline =~ '^\s*[])}]'
-            let ind = ind - &sw
+            let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
         endif
     endif
 
     " Indent lines that begin with 'or' or 'and'
     if cline =~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
         if line !~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
     elseif line =~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
-        let ind = ind - &sw
+        let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     return ind

runtime/indent/perl6.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
 " Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
 " Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
-" Last Change:   2013-07-21
+" Last Change:   2017 Jun 13
 " Contributors:  Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
 "                Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
 "
@@ -107,19 +107,19 @@ function! GetPerl6Indent()
     endif
 
         if line =~ '[<«\[{(]\s*\(#[^)}\]»>]*\)\=$'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
         if cline =~ '^\s*[)}\]»>]'
-            let ind = ind - &sw
+            let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
         endif
 
     " Indent lines that begin with 'or' or 'and'
     if cline =~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
         if line !~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
     elseif line =~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
-        let ind = ind - &sw
+        let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     return ind

runtime/indent/php.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) teaser (DOT) fr>
 " URL:		http://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
 " Home:		https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm
-" Last Change:	2017 March 12th
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 " Version:	1.62
 "
 "
@@ -50,25 +50,15 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 
 let g:php_sync_method = 0
 
-if exists('*shiftwidth')
-  function! s:sw()
-    return shiftwidth()
-  endfunction
-else
-  function! s:sw()
-    return &shiftwidth
-  endfunction
-endif
-
 
 if exists("PHP_default_indenting")
-    let b:PHP_default_indenting = PHP_default_indenting * s:sw()
+    let b:PHP_default_indenting = PHP_default_indenting * shiftwidth()
 else
     let b:PHP_default_indenting = 0
 endif
 
 if exists("PHP_outdentSLComments")
-    let b:PHP_outdentSLComments = PHP_outdentSLComments * s:sw()
+    let b:PHP_outdentSLComments = PHP_outdentSLComments * shiftwidth()
 else
     let b:PHP_outdentSLComments = 0
 endif
@@ -357,7 +347,7 @@ function! FindTheSwitchIndent (lnum) " {{{
     let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(a:lnum - 1)
 
     if test <= 1
-	return indent(1) - s:sw() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
+	return indent(1) - shiftwidth() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
     end
 
     while getline(test) =~ '^\s*}' && test > 1
@@ -371,7 +361,7 @@ function! FindTheSwitchIndent (lnum) " {{{
     if getline(test) =~# '^\s*switch\>'
 	return indent(test)
     elseif getline(test) =~# s:defaultORcase
-	return indent(test) - s:sw() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
+	return indent(test) - shiftwidth() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
     else
 	return FindTheSwitchIndent(test)
     endif
@@ -444,7 +434,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif
 
     if b:PHP_default_indenting
-	let b:PHP_default_indenting = g:PHP_default_indenting * s:sw()
+	let b:PHP_default_indenting = g:PHP_default_indenting * shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     let cline = getline(v:lnum)
@@ -701,7 +691,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = b:PHP_default_indenting
 	return indent(FindTheIfOfAnElse(v:lnum, 1))
     elseif cline =~# s:defaultORcase
-	return FindTheSwitchIndent(v:lnum) + s:sw() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
+	return FindTheSwitchIndent(v:lnum) + shiftwidth() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
     elseif cline =~ '^\s*)\=\s*{'
 	let previous_line = last_line
 	let last_line_num = lnum
@@ -713,7 +703,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let ind = indent(last_line_num)
 
 		if  b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel
-		    let ind = ind + s:sw()
+		    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 		endif
 
 		return ind
@@ -724,7 +714,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endwhile
 
     elseif last_line =~# unstated && cline !~ '^\s*);\='.endline
-	let ind = ind + s:sw() " we indent one level further when the preceding line is not stated
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth() " we indent one level further when the preceding line is not stated
 	return ind + addSpecial
 
     elseif (ind != b:PHP_default_indenting || last_line =~ '^[)\]]' ) && last_line =~ terminated
@@ -823,7 +813,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	    endif
 
 	    if !dontIndent && (!b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || last_line !~# '^\s*{')
-		let ind = ind + s:sw()
+		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	    endif
 
 	    if b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent == 1
@@ -841,17 +831,17 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	    endif
 
 	elseif last_line =~ '^\s*'.s:blockstart
-	    let ind = ind + s:sw()
+	    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 
 
 	elseif AntepenultimateLine =~ '{'.endline && AntepenultimateLine !~? '^\s*use\>' || AntepenultimateLine =~ terminated || AntepenultimateLine =~# s:defaultORcase
-	    let ind = ind + s:sw()
+	    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
     endif
 
     if cline =~  '^\s*[)\]];\='
-	let ind = ind - s:sw()
+	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = ind